e10vk
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark one)

     
x   Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003
or

     
o   Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
    For the transition period from ___________to _______

Commission file number 0-9592

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
     
Delaware   34-1312571
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)   (IRS Employer Identification No.)
     
777 Main Street, Suite 800, Fort Worth, Texas   76102
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code
(817) 870-2601

Securities to be requested pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     
Title Of Each Class   Name Of Each Exchange On Which Registered

 
Common Stock, $.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ   No _

          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).

Yes þ No _

          The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates (excluding voting shares held by officers and directors) as of June 30, 2003 was $342,117,000.

          As of February 26, 2004, there were 56,674,425 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

          Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement to be furnished to stockholders in connection with its 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Report.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASE OF EQUITY SECURITIES
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
ITEM 9. CHANGE IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
ITEM 11. COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
ITEM 16(a). BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Amended and Restated By-laws
6th Amendment to Amended/Restated Credit Agreement
7th Amendment to Amended/Restated Credit Agreement
Code of Ethics
Subsidiaries
Consent of Independent Accountants
Consent of Independent Accountants
Consent of Independent Accountants
Consent of H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc.
Consent of DeGoyler and MacNaughton
Consent of Wright and Company
Certification by the CEO Pursuant to Section 302
Certification by the CFO Pursuant to Section 302
Certification by the CEO Pursuant to Section 906
Certification by the CFO Pursuant to Section 906
Audit Committee Charter


Table of Contents

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

Annual Report on Form 10-K
Year Ended December 31, 2003

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

     Range Resources Corporation (the “Company” or “Range”) is engaged in the exploration, development and acquisition of oil and gas properties, primarily in the Southwestern, Gulf Coast and Appalachian regions of the United States. The Company seeks to increase its reserves and production through internally generated drilling projects coupled with complementary acquisitions. The Company holds its Appalachian assets through a 50% owned joint venture, Great Lakes Energy Partners L.L.C. (“Great Lakes”). The Company’s interest in Great Lakes’ assets and operations is consolidated in its financial statements. At December 31, 2003, the Company had 685 Bcfe of proved reserves, having an estimated pre-tax present value of $1.4 billion based on constant NYMEX prices of $32.52 per barrel and $6.19 per Mmbtu. The Company’s proved reserves are 71% natural gas by volume, 72% developed and 93% operated. At year-end, the Company had a reserve life index of 11 years and owned 834,000 (376,000 net) acres of undeveloped leasehold.

History

     The Company was incorporated in 1980 under the name Lomak Petroleum, Inc. by a group of investors who had been developing oil and gas properties since 1976 in the Appalachian Basin. Shortly after its incorporation in 1980, the Company completed an initial public offering and began trading on the NASDAQ. Throughout the 1980’s, the Company conducted drilling operations, primarily in the Appalachian Basin and to a lesser extent in Michigan and Texas. After several years of depressed oil and gas prices, in 1988 the Company began to focus on acquiring producing oil and gas properties. From 1988 through 1996, total assets grew from less than $10 million to nearly $300 million through a series of smaller acquisitions which expanded the Company’s operations into the Southwest and Gulf Coast regions. In 1996, the Company’s common stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange. In 1997 and 1998, two large acquisitions were completed which increased total assets to over $900 million. Upon completing the second acquisition, the Company changed its name to Range Resources Corporation. The two large acquisitions were financed primarily with debt. At year-end 1998, due to its high debt and coupled with the poor performance of the two large acquisitions and falling oil and gas prices, the Company was overleveraged. In 1999, the Company initiated a series of activities to reduce debt and strengthen its financial position. These activities included reducing capital expenditures, selling non-core assets, creating the Great Lakes joint venture and exchanging common stock for outstanding debt and convertible securities. As a result, since year-end 1998, debt and convertible securities have been reduced by approximately $400 million or roughly 50%.

     In addition to rebuilding its financial strength, the Company instituted efforts to implement a more balanced strategy of internally generated drillbit growth coupled with complementary acquisitions. These efforts included significantly expanding its technical staff, upgrading its management team and increasing its acreage and seismic expenditures. Currently, the Company believes it has developed a substantial inventory of drilling projects balanced between lower risk and moderate risk development and higher risk exploration. The Company’s more balanced approach has resulted in much improved operating and financial results in 2002 and 2003. During this two year period, the Company increased its proved reserves 33% at an average finding and development cost of $1.11 per mcfe. The Company has announced a $126.0 million 2004 capital budget excluding acquisitions. The budget includes $109.0 million to drill 409 gross (237 net) wells and initiate 35 gross (29 net) recompletions. Also included is $15.0 million for land and seismic and $2.0 million for the expansion and enhancement of gathering systems pipelines and facilities.

Description of the Business

     Strategy. From 1988 through 1999, the Company’s strategy centered on the acquisition of producing oil and gas properties and the subsequent development of the acquired properties. During that period, total assets grew from less than $10 million to over $900 million. In 1999, the Company initiated a series of activities to strengthen its financial position while simultaneously re-evaluating its growth strategy. In response to its larger size and due to the increased competition for acquisitions, the Company decided to implement a more balanced strategy of internally generated drillbit growth coupled with complementary acquisitions. The Company expanded its technical staff, upgraded its management team and

2


Table of Contents

significantly increased capital expenditures for acreage and seismic. As a result, the Company’s drilling inventory has evolved from an inventory of primarily lower risk, lower return projects to a larger, more balanced portfolio of lower risk development, moderate risk exploitation and higher risk exploration projects. With its larger, more balanced drilling inventory, the objective each year is to generate baseline production and reserve growth through the drilling projects that are diversified according to risk and geographically divided among its three divisions. Acquisitions of producing properties are intended to complement the Company’s drilling activities and provide incremental growth in production and reserves.

     The Company’s more balanced growth strategy is intended to provide better returns on capital expended and more consistent operating and financial results over a multi-year period. As part of its effort to generate consistent operating and financial results, the Company seeks to maintain a reserve life of no less than 10 years. By maintaining a 10+ year reserve life, the Company believes it is reducing the reinvestment risk associated with a shorter reserve life. Also, to help insure that drilling related capital expenditures can be funded through internally generated cash flow, the Company enters into hedging arrangements to reduce the volatility of oil and gas prices, therefore increasing the predictability of its cash flow. During the period it was reducing debt and enhancing its financial position, the Company primarily used a series of swap arrangements to lock in oil and gas prices. Beginning in 2003, the Company began to use zero-premium collars to provide downside protection from falling prices while retaining a portion of the upside potential of rising prices. In the future, the Company anticipates it will use a combination of swaps and collars to reduce the volatility of oil and gas prices, increasing the predictability of its cash flow and locking in returns generated on capital expended.

     At year-end 2003, the Company had 2,135 proven recompletion and development projects in inventory. Given current oil and gas prices, hedges and its development inventory, the Company believes it can achieve growth in reserves, production, cash flow and earnings over the next several years. The Company’s 834,000 gross (376,000 net) acres of undeveloped leasehold and 1,255,000 gross acres (652,000 net) developed leasehold provide significant long-term exploration and development potential.

     Development. Development projects include recompletions of existing wells, infill drilling and the installation of secondary recovery projects. Such projects are pursued within core areas where the Company has competitive operational and technical experience. At December 31, 2003, the Company had an inventory of 1,883 proven drilling locations and 252 proven recompletions. During 2004, the Company plans to drill 247 proven locations and recomplete 48 wells. In addition, the Company plans to drill more than 145 unproved projects. The following table summarizes 2003 development activity and changes in the inventory of proved development projects:

                           
      Development Projects
     
      Drilling   Recompletion        
      Locations   Opportunities   Total
     
 
 
Beginning of 2003
    1,770       277       2,047  
 
Drilled
    (173 )     (26 )     (199 )
 
Added
    376       25       401  
 
Deleted & other
    (90 )     (24 )     (114 )
 
   
     
     
 
End of 2003
    1,883       252       2,135  
 
   
     
     
 

     Exploration. Onshore exploration acreage totals 448,000 gross (182,000 net) acres. The projects target deeper horizons in existing fields as well as trend areas. Offshore exploration focuses on the shallow waters of the Gulf of Mexico where the Company owns a license on 3-D seismic data covering 4.0 million contiguous acres. The Company has offshore leases covering 149,000 (42,000 net) acres on which 8 specific projects have been identified to date. The Company’s strategy limits risk by judicious use of state-of-the-art exploration technology, extensive geologic and engineering project analysis and a thorough review of capital expenditures by management. At times, on certain exploratory wells, other companies pay a disproportionate share of exploration costs to earn an interest. The Company currently expects to participate in as many as 28 exploratory wells in 2004.

     Acquisitions. After two years during which the Company withdrew from the market, an acquisition program was reinstated in 2002. In 2002, several small acquisitions were completed. In December 2003, the Company completed the purchase of 603 wells on 38,000 gross (32,000 net) acres of leases together with associated reserves and production equipment which are adjacent to the Company’s Conger Field properties in Sterling County, Texas. The purchase price should approximate $87.1 million after normal post closing adjustments and including $2.1 million of estimated asset retirement

3


Table of Contents

obligations. The Company will continue to pursue acquisitions in 2004 with a focus on purchases of properties in existing core areas.

Development and Exploration

     In 2003, the Company spent $206.9 million on oil and gas related capital expenditures, an increase of 86%, with $156.4 million expended in the Southwest, $30.4 million in Appalachia and $20.1 million in the Gulf Coast. The spending funded the drilling of 358 (200.3 net) new wells, 56 (45.3 net) recompletions, $11.5 million of acreage and seismic and $95.3 million of producing property acquisitions (See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Exploration and development spending brought 23.2 Bcfe of proved non-producing reserves on stream and added a net 68.3 Bcfe of new reserves. Producing property acquisitions added 90.3 Bcfe of new reserves. Reserves added during the year replaced 286% of production (270% excluding pricing revisions).

Development

     Development projects include recompletions, infill drilling and to a lesser extent, installation of secondary recovery projects. Drilling prospects are geographically diverse and target a mix of potential oil and gas formations at varying depths. Development activities also include increasing reserves and production through aggressive cost control, upgrading lifting equipment, improving gathering systems and surface facilities and performing restimulations and refracturing operations. The following table sets forth the development inventory at December 31, 2003 by division:

                           
      Development Projects
     
      Drilling   Recompletion        
      Locations   Opportunities   Total
     
 
 
Southwest
    169       166       335  
Gulf Coast
    13       34       47  
Appalachia
    1,701       52       1,753  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total
    1,883       252       2,135  
 
   
     
     
 

Exploration

     Onshore. The Company currently has 40 onshore exploration projects on its 448,000 (182,000 net) acres. Most of the projects cover multiple drilling prospects, some with a number of targeted formations.

     Gulf of Mexico. The Company owns a license on a 3-D seismic database covering 800 contiguous blocks in the shallow water of the Gulf of Mexico, primarily offshore Louisiana. In 2001, a joint venture was formed with two other companies to reprocess the data to identify and pursue exploration and development opportunities within a 4.0 million acre area. Range holds a 25% interest in the joint venture. The joint venture was awarded two blocks in the March 2001 lease sale. The joint venture plans to participate in at least two additional wells in 2004. The Company has also drilled one successful well using these data and plans to drill one additional well in 2004. The Company’s current offshore leasehold inventory includes 37,000 gross (11,000 net) acres. To more fully exploit the seismic data base, it will be necessary to lease or farm in additional acreage. To date, the joint venture has identified 39 specific prospects and leads on acreage not currently controlled. These projects generally target Miocene and Pliocene formations at depths ranging from 3,000 to 16,000 feet.

4


Table of Contents

Oil and Gas Sales

     Production revenue is generated through the sale of natural gas, crude oil and natural gas liquids (“NGLs”) from properties owned directly or through partnerships and joint ventures. The Company receives additional revenue from royalties. Production is sold to a number of purchasers, of which three account for more than 10% of oil and gas revenues. These three purchasers accounted for 49% of oil and gas revenues in 2003. The Company believes that the loss of any individual customer would not have a long-term material adverse effect. Proximity to local markets, availability of competitive fuels and overall supply and demand are factors affecting the prices that production can be marketed. Factors outside the Company’s control, such as international political developments, overall energy supply and demand, weather conditions, economic growth rates and other factors in the United States and elsewhere have had, and will continue to have, a significant effect on energy prices.

     On an mcfe equivalent volume basis, 75% of the Company’s 2003 production was natural gas. Gas is sold to utilities, marketing companies and industrial users. Gas sales are made pursuant to various contractual arrangements including month-to-month, one to three-year contracts at fixed or variable prices and, to a small extent, fixed prices for the life of the well. Contracts, other than those with fixed prices, contain provisions for price adjustment, termination and other terms customary in the industry. Oil is sold under contracts that can be terminated on 30 days notice. The price received is generally equal to a posted price set by major purchasers in the area. Oil and gas purchasers are selected on the basis of price, credit quality, and service. In 2003, gas revenues totaled $171.3 million or 76% of oil and gas revenues while revenues from oil and natural gas liquids totaled $55.1 million. Oil and gas revenues in 2003 increased 19% from the prior year due to higher production and higher prices.

Transportation, Gathering and Marketing

     Transportation, gathering and marketing revenues are comprised of fees for the gathering and transportation of gas as well as oil and gas marketing income. Transportation, gathering and marketing revenues were $3.5 million in 2003, roughly level with the prior year. Gas transportation and gathering assets include (i) 50% ownership in approximately 5,000 miles of gas pipelines in Appalachia held through Great Lakes and (ii) a number of smaller gathering systems associated with producing properties outside of Appalachia. The Appalachian gathering systems transport a majority of Great Lakes’ gas production as well as third party gas to major trunk lines and directly to end-users. Third parties who transport gas through the gathering systems are charged a fee based on throughput.

     The Company markets its own gas production and attempts to reduce the impact of price fluctuations through hedging. Approximately 1% of gas production is currently sold pursuant to fixed price end-user contracts at prices ranging from $1.25 to $7.28 per mcf (averaging $3.88 per mcf). The remaining 99% of gas production is sold at market (generally local index) related prices.

Hedging

     The Company enters into hedging agreements to reduce the impact of volatile oil and gas prices. These contracts are entered into solely to hedge prices. Historically, the Company used swap agreements to hedge its production. In 2003, the Company began to use a combination of swap and collar arrangements. At December 31, 2003, hedges were in place covering 52.6 Bcf of gas at prices averaging $4.13 per mcf, 1.4 million barrels of oil at prices averaging $25.74 per barrel and 0.7 million barrels of NGLs at prices averaging $21.02 per barrel. The Company also has collars covering 6.6 Bcf of gas at weighted average floor and cap prices of $4.14 to $6.19 and 1.2 million barrels of oil at weighted average floor and cap prices of $24.16 to $29.24. The fair value of the hedges, represented by the estimated amount that could be realized on immediate termination, approximated a net pre-tax loss of $70.6 million at December 31, 2003. This loss is presented on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as a short-term unrealized loss of $53.7 million and a long-term unrealized loss of $16.9 million. Realized hedging gains and losses are determined monthly as hedges are financially settled and are included as increases or decreases in oil and gas revenues in the period the hedged production is sold. The realized loss relating to hedging in 2001 was $6.2 million. A hedging gain of $17.8 million was realized in 2002. A hedging loss of $60.4 million was realized in 2003. Changes in the value of the ineffective portion of all open hedges are recognized in earnings quarterly. Unrealized gains or losses on hedging contracts are recorded at an estimate of fair value based on a comparison of the contract price and a reference price, generally NYMEX, on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”), a component of stockholders’ equity. Through Great Lakes, the Company also has interest rate swap agreements (see Notes 6 and 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

5


Table of Contents

Independent Producer Finance (“IPF”)

     IPF is a wholly owned subsidiary that provides capital to small oil and gas producers in exchange for dollar-denominated term overriding royalty interests. At year-end 2003, IPF’s portfolio included 19 transactions having an aggregate book value of $12.6 million (net of $9.6 million of valuation allowances). The book value of the portfolio declined 48% in 2003 primarily due to $12.1 million of repayments received during the year. Since 2001, IPF has not entered into any new investment agreements and therefore, the portfolio should continue to decline from repayments, although IPF continues to fund requirements on existing transactions. The oil and gas reserves underlying IPF’s royalties are not included in the Company’s reported proved reserves.

     IPF provides valuation allowances against receivables that may not be recoverable. Increases and decreases in valuation allowances are reported as expenses. The IPF valuation allowance was increased $1.7 million, $4.2 million and $2.0 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. IPF expenses also include general and administrative costs and interest expense. As dollar-denominated royalties, the transactions leave a portion of the commodity price risk with the producer. However, when price declines occur, IPF is exposed to losses. In addition, IPF is fully exposed to the individual operator’s ability to successfully produce and develop the underlying reserves.

Other Revenues

     Other revenues is composed of ineffective hedging gains or losses, gains or losses on sale of assets and interest earned on cash balances and certain receivables. During 2003, other revenue amounted to a loss of $1.3 million including $1.2 million of ineffective hedging losses. During 2002, other revenue totaled a loss of $2.9 million which included $2.7 million of ineffective hedging losses, a $1.2 million write-down of marketable securities and a $715,000 favorable arbitration settlement. During 2001 other revenue totaled $490,000 and included $2.3 million of ineffective hedging gains and a $689,000 gain on asset sales offset by a $1.7 million write-down of marketable securities and a $1.4 million bad debt expense related to hedges utilizing Enron as the counterparty.

Competition

     The Company encounters substantial competition in acquiring oil and gas leases, marketing production, securing personnel and conducting drilling and field operations. Competitors in exploration, development, acquisitions and production include the major oil companies as well as numerous independents, individual proprietors and others. Many competitors have financial and other resources substantially exceeding those of the Company. Therefore, competitors may be able to pay more for desirable leases and to evaluate, bid for and purchase a greater number of properties or prospects than the financial or personnel resources of the Company permit. The ability of the Company to replace and expand its reserve base depends on its ability to attract and retain quality personnel, identify and acquire suitable producing properties and prospects for future drilling.

     Historically, acquisitions have generally been financed through bank borrowings, the issuance of debt and equity securities and internally generated cash flow. Debt and equity markets are cyclical as is the price of oil and gas. The ability of the Company to obtain financing on satisfactory terms is sometimes uncertain and can be affected by numerous factors beyond its control. The inability of the Company to raise satisfactorily priced external capital in the future could have a material adverse effect on its business.

Governmental Regulation

     The Company’s operations are substantially affected by federal, state and local laws and regulations. In particular, oil and gas production and related operations are, or have been subject to, price controls, taxes and numerous other laws and regulations. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations can result in substantial penalties. The regulatory burden on the industry increases the cost of doing business and affects profitability. Although the Company believes it is in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, such laws and regulations are frequently amended or reinterpreted. Therefore, the Company is unable to predict the future cost or impact of complying.

6


Table of Contents

Securities Exchanges

     Since 1998, 15.4 million shares of common stock have been issued in exchange for debt and convertible securities. The shares were exchanged for $96.7 million face value of 8.75% senior subordinated notes (the “8.75% Notes”), 6% convertible subordinated debentures (the “6% Debentures”), 5.75% trust preferred securities (the “Trust Preferred Securities”) and $2.03 convertible preferred stock (the “$2.03 Preferred Stock”). In September 2003, the Company exchanged $10.2 million in cash and $50.0 million of the newly issued Convertible Preferred for $79.5 million of the Trust Preferred Securities. The extent of any future dilution from exchanges will depend on a number of factors, including the number of shares issued, the price at which stock is issued or any newly issued securities are convertible into common stock and the price at which debt and convertible securities are reacquired.

Environmental Matters

     The Company’s operations are subject to stringent federal, state and local laws governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection. Numerous governmental departments such as the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issue regulations to implement and enforce such laws, which are often difficult and costly to comply with and which carry substantial civil and criminal penalties for failure to comply. These laws and regulations may require the acquisition of a permit before drilling commences, restrict the types, quantities and concentrations of various substances that can be released into the environment in connection with drilling, production and transporting through pipelines, limit or prohibit drilling activities on certain lands lying within wilderness, wetlands, frontier and other protected areas, require some form of remedial action to prevent pollution from former operations such as plugging abandoned wells, and impose substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from operations. In addition, these laws, rules and regulations may restrict the rate of production. The regulatory burden on the oil and gas industry increases the cost of doing business, affecting growth and profitability. Changes in environmental laws and regulations occur frequently, and changes that result in more stringent and costly waste handling, disposal or clean-up requirements could adversely affect the Company’s operations and financial position, as well as the industry in general. Management believes the Company is in substantial compliance with current applicable environmental laws and regulations. Although the Company has not experienced any material adverse effect from compliance with environmental requirements, there is no assurance that this will continue. The Company did not have any material capital expenditures in connection with environmental remediation matters in 2003, nor does it anticipate that such expenditures will be material in 2004.

     The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), known as the “Superfund” law, imposes liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the disposal site or sites where the release occurred and companies that disposed of or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances at the site where the release occurred. Under CERCLA, such persons may be subject to joint and several liabilities for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. Furthermore, although petroleum, including crude oil and natural gas, is exempt from CERCLA, at least two courts have ruled that certain wastes associated with the production of crude oil may be classified as “hazardous substances” under CERCLA and that such wastes may become subject to liability and regulation under CERCLA. State initiatives to further regulate the disposal of oil and gas wastes are pending in certain states and these initiatives could have a significant impact on the Company. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damages allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances or other pollutants into the environment under environmental statutes, common law or both.

     The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (“FWPCA”) imposes restrictions and strict controls regarding the discharge of produced waters and other oil and gas wastes into waters of the United States. Permits must be obtained to discharge pollutants into state and federal waters. The FWPCA and analogous state laws provide for civil, criminal and administrative penalties for any unauthorized discharges of oil and other hazardous substances in reportable quantities and may impose substantial potential liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages. State water discharge regulations and the federal National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System general permits applicable to the oil and gas industry generally prohibit the discharge of produced water, sand and some other substances into coastal waters. The cost to comply with zero discharges mandated under federal and state law has not had a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Some oil and gas exploration and production facilities are required to obtain permits for their storm water discharges. Costs may be incurred in connection with treatment of wastewater or developing storm water pollution prevention plans.

7


Table of Contents

     The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”), as amended, generally does not regulate most wastes generated by the exploration and production of oil and gas. RCRA specifically excludes from the definition of hazardous waste “drilling fluids, produced waters, and other wastes associated with the exploration, development, or production of crude oil, natural gas or geothermal energy.” However, these wastes may be regulated by the EPA or state agencies as solid waste. Moreover, ordinary industrial wastes, such as paint wastes, waste solvents, laboratory wastes and waste compressor oils, can be regulated as hazardous wastes. Although the costs of managing solid hazardous waste may be significant, the Company does not expect to experience more burdensome costs than similarly situated companies.

     The U.S. Oil Pollution Act (“OPA”) requires owners and operators of facilities that could be the source of an oil spill into “waters of the United States” (a term defined to include rivers, creeks, wetlands and coastal waters) to adopt and implement plans and procedures to prevent any spill of oil into any waters of the United States. OPA also requires affected facility owners and operators to demonstrate that they have at least $35 million in financial resources to pay for the costs of cleaning up an oil spill and compensating any parties damaged by an oil spill. Substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties can be imposed for violations of OPA and other environmental statutes.

     Stricter standards in environmental legislation may be imposed on the oil and gas industry in the future. For instance, legislation has been proposed in Congress from time to time that would alter the RCRA exemption by reclassifying certain oil and gas exploration and production wastes as “hazardous wastes” and make the waste subject to more stringent handling, disposal and clean-up restrictions. If such legislation were enacted, it could have a significant impact on the Company’s operating costs, as well as the industry in general. Compliance with environmental requirements generally could have a material adverse effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company. Although the Company has not experienced any material adverse effect from compliance with environmental requirements, no assurance may be given that this will continue.

Risk Factors and Cautionary Statement for Purposes of the Safe Harbor Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

     Certain information included in this report, other materials filed or to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by the Company contain or incorporate by reference certain statements (other than statements of historical fact) that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. When used herein, the words “budget,” “budgeted,” “assumes,” “should,” “goal,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “believes,” “seeks,” “plans,” “estimates,” “intends,” “projects” or “targets” and similar expressions that convey the uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Where any forward-looking statement includes a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying such forward-looking statement, we caution that while we believe these assumptions or bases to be reasonable and to be made in good faith, assumed facts or bases almost always vary from actual results and the difference between assumed facts or bases and the actual results could be material, depending on the circumstances. It is important to note that our actual results could differ materially from those projected by such forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable and such forward-looking statements are based upon the best data available at the date this report is filed with the SEC, we cannot assure you that such expectations will prove correct. Factors that could cause our results to differ materially from the results discussed in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following: production variance from expectations, volatility of oil and gas prices, hedging results, the need to develop and replace reserves, the substantial capital expenditures required to fund operations, exploration risks, environmental risks, uncertainties about estimates of reserves, competition, litigation, government regulation, political risks, our ability to implement our business strategy, costs and results of drilling new projects, mechanical and other inherent risks associated with oil and gas production, weather, availability of drilling equipment and changes in interest rates. All such forward-looking statements in this document are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements in this paragraph, and the Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements.

     With the previous paragraph in mind, you should consider the following important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statement made by the Company or on its behalf.

8


Table of Contents

Oil and natural gas prices are volatile, and an extended decline in prices would hurt our profitability and financial condition

     The oil and natural gas industry is cyclical, and prices for oil and natural gas are volatile. Historically, the industry has experienced severe downturns characterized by oversupply and/or weak demand. For example, in 1998 and early 1999, oil and natural gas prices fell, which contributed to losses we reported in those years. By early 2001, oil and natural gas prices reached levels above their historical norm. Prices declined in the second half of 2001 but have risen since mid-2002. Long term supply and demand for oil and natural gas is uncertain and subject to a myriad of factors including technology, geopolitics, weather patterns and economics.

     Many factors affect oil and natural gas prices including general economic conditions, consumer preferences, discretionary spending levels, interest rates and the availability of capital to the industry. Decreases in oil and natural gas prices from current levels could adversely affect our revenues, net income, cash flow and proved reserves. Significant and prolonged price decreases could have a material adverse effect on our operations and limit our ability to fund capital expenditures. Without the ability to fund capital expenditures, we will likely be unable to replace production.

Common shareholders will be diluted if additional shares are issued

     Since 1998, the Company has exchanged 15.4 million shares of common stock for $96.7 million of debt and convertible securities, including the Trust Preferred Securities, 6% Debentures, 8.75% Notes and $2.03 Preferred Stock. The exchanges were made based on the relative market value of the common stock and the debt and convertible securities at the time of the exchange. During 2001, $17.4 million of debt and convertible securities was exchanged for common stock. During 2002, $10.4 million of debt and convertible were exchanged for common stock. During 2003, $880,000 of debt was exchanged for common stock. See Notes 6 and 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. While the exchanges have reduced interest expense, dividends and future repayment obligations, the larger number of common shares outstanding have a dilutive effect on existing shareholders. The Company’s ability to repurchase securities for cash is limited by the $225.0 million secured revolving bank credit facility (the “Senior Credit Facility”) and the 7.375% senior subordinated notes (the “7.375% Notes”) agreement. The Company continues to review alternatives to further strengthen its balance sheet by reducing debt and retiring securities. The Company may issue additional shares to fund capital expenditures, including acquisitions.

Dividend restrictions

     Restrictions on the payment of dividends and other restricted payments, as defined, are imposed under the Company’s bank credit facility and the 7.375% Notes. Under the Senior Credit Facility, common and preferred dividends are permitted, subject to limitations. The terms of the 7.375% Notes limit restricted payments (including dividends) to the greater of $20.0 million or a formula based on earnings since the issuance of the notes. The Senior Credit Facility provides for a restricted payment basket of $20.0 million plus 50% of net income (excluding Great Lakes) plus 66-2/3% of distributions, dividends or payments of debt from or proceeds from sales of equity interests of Great Lakes plus 66-2/3% of net cash proceeds from common stock issuances. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had $37.5 million available under the Senior Credit Facility restricted payment basket and $18.6 million available under the 7.375% Notes restricted payment basket.

Hedging transactions may limit our potential gains and involve other risks

     To manage our exposure to price volatility, we enter into hedging arrangements from time to time with respect to a portion of our future production. The goal of these hedges is to limit volatility and increase the predictability of cash flow. These transactions may limit our potential gains if oil and natural gas prices were to rise over the price established by the hedge. At December 31, 2003, we were party to hedging arrangements covering 52.6 Bcf, 1.4 million barrels of oil and 0.7 million barrels of NGLs. The hedges’ fair value was a pre-tax unrealized loss of $70.6 million. If oil and natural gas prices continue to rise, we could be subject to margin calls. In addition, hedging transactions may expose us to the risk of financial loss in certain circumstances, including instances in which our production is less than expected, the counterparties to our contracts fail to perform under the contracts or a sudden, unexpected event materially impacts oil or natural gas prices.

9


Table of Contents

Information concerning our reserves and future net reserve estimates is uncertain

     There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of proved oil and natural gas reserves and their values, including many factors beyond our control. Estimates of proved undeveloped reserves, which comprise a significant portion of our reserves, are by their nature uncertain. The reserve data included or incorporated by reference is estimated. Although we believe these estimates are reasonable, actual production, revenues and reserve expenditures will likely vary from estimates, and these variances could be material.

     The accuracy of any reserves estimate is a function of the quality of available data, engineering and geological interpretation and judgment, assumptions used regarding quantities of oil and natural gas in place, recovery rates and future prices for oil and natural gas. Actual prices, production, development expenditures, operating expenses and quantities of recoverable oil and natural gas reserves will vary from those assumed in our estimates, and such variances may be material. Any variance in the assumptions could materially affect the estimated value of the reserves.

If oil and natural gas prices decrease or drilling efforts are unsuccessful, we may be required to take writedowns of our oil and natural gas properties

     In the past, we have been required to write down the carrying value of our oil and natural gas properties, and there is a risk that we will be required to take additional writedowns in the future. Writedowns may occur when oil and natural gas prices are low or if we have downward adjustments to our estimated proved reserves, increases in our estimates of operating and development costs or disappointing drilling results. Such downward adjustments may affect some properties more or less than others.

     Accounting rules require that the carrying value of oil and natural gas properties be periodically reviewed for possible impairment. Impairment is recognized when the book value of a proven property is greater than the expected undiscounted future cash flows from that property and on acreage when the assessment of fair value is less than the book value. We may be required to write down the carrying value of a property based on oil and natural gas prices at the time of the impairment review, as well as a continuing evaluation of development results, production data, economics and other factors. While an impairment charge which reflects our long-term ability to recover on a prior investment does not impact cash flow from operating activities, it reduces our earnings and increases our leverage ratios.

Our business is subject to operating hazards and environmental regulations that could result in substantial losses or liabilities

     Oil and natural gas operations are subject to many risks, including well blowouts, craterings, explosions, uncontrollable flows of oil, natural gas or well fluids, fires, formations with abnormal pressures, pipeline ruptures or spills, pollution, releases of toxic gas and other environmental hazards and risks. If any of these hazards occur, we could sustain substantial losses as a result of injury or loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property, natural resources and equipment, pollution or other environmental damage, clean-up responsibilities, regulatory investigations and penalties, and/or suspension of operations.

     Our operations are subject to numerous and increasingly strict federal, state and local laws, regulations and enforcement policies relating to the environment. We may incur significant costs and liabilities in complying with existing or future environmental laws, regulations and enforcement policies and may incur costs arising out of property damage or injuries to employees and other persons. These costs may result from our current and former operations and even may be caused by previous owners of property we own or lease. Any past, present or future failure by us to completely comply with environmental laws, regulations and enforcement policies could cause us to incur substantial fines, sanctions or liabilities for cleanup costs or other damages. Incurrence of those costs or damages could reduce or eliminate funds available for exploration, development or acquisitions or cause us to incur losses.

     We maintain insurance against some, but not all, of these potential risks and losses. We may elect not to obtain insurance if we believe that the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the risks presented. In addition, pollution and environmental risks generally are not fully insurable. If a significant accident or other event occurs that is not fully covered by insurance, it could have a material adverse affect on our financial condition and results of operations.

10


Table of Contents

We are subject to financing and interest rate exposure risks

     Our business and operating results can be harmed by factors such as the availability, terms of and cost of capital, increases in interest rates or a reduction in credit rating. These changes could cause our cost of doing business to increase, limit our ability to pursue opportunities and place us at a competitive disadvantage. At December 31, 2003, a portion of our borrowings, held through Great Lakes, were subject to interest rate swap agreements, which are above market, and therefore, increase our interest expense.

Our industry is highly competitive

     We face competition in every aspect of our business, including, but not limited to, acquiring reserves and leases, obtaining goods, services and employees needed to operate and manage our business, and marketing oil and natural gas. Competitors include major oil companies, independent exploration and production companies and individual producers and operators. Many of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do.

The oil and natural gas industry is subject to extensive regulation

     The oil and natural gas industry is subject to various types of regulations in the United States by local, state and federal agencies. Legislation affecting the industry is under constant review for amendment or expansion, frequently increasing our regulatory burden. Numerous departments and agencies, both state and federal, are authorized by statute to issue rules and regulations binding on participants in the oil and natural gas industry. Compliance with such rules and regulations often increases our cost of doing business and, in turn, decreases our profitability. Generally these burdens do not appear to affect us to any greater or lesser extent than other companies in the oil and natural gas industry with similar types and quantities of properties in the same areas of the country.

Acquisitions by us are subject to the risks and uncertainties of evaluating recoverable reserves and potential liabilities

     We could be subject to significant liabilities related to acquisitions by us. It generally is not feasible to review in detail every individual property included in an acquisition. Ordinarily, a review is focused on higher valued properties. However, even a detailed review of all properties and records may not reveal existing or potential problems, nor will it permit us to become sufficiently familiar with the properties to assess fully their deficiencies and capabilities. We do not always inspect every well we acquire, and environmental problems, such as groundwater contamination, are not necessarily observable even when an inspection is performed.

Our success depends on key members of our management and our ability to attract and retain experienced technical and other professional personnel

     Our success is highly dependent on our senior management personnel, none of which are currently subject to employment contracts. The loss of one or more of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, competition for experienced technical employees is intense. If we cannot retain our current personnel or attract additional experienced personnel, our ability to compete could be adversely affected.

11


Table of Contents

Our future success depends on our ability to replace reserves that we produce

     Because the rate of production from oil and natural gas properties declines as reserves are depleted, our future success depends upon our ability to find or acquire additional oil and natural gas reserves that are economically recoverable. Except to the extent that we acquire additional properties containing proved reserves, conduct successful exploration and development activities or, through engineering studies, identify additional behind-pipe zones or secondary recovery reserves, our proved reserves will decline materially as reserves are produced. Future oil and natural gas production is, therefore, highly dependent upon our level of success in acquiring or finding additional reserves that are economically recoverable. We cannot assure you that we will be able to find and develop or acquire additional reserves at an acceptable cost.

A portion of our business is subject to special risks related to offshore operations, generally in the Gulf of Mexico

     Offshore operations are subject to a variety of operating risks specific to the marine environment, such as capsizing, collisions and damage or loss from hurricanes or other adverse weather conditions. These conditions can cause substantial damage to facilities and interrupt production. As a result, we could incur substantial liabilities that could reduce or eliminate the funds available for exploration, development or leasehold acquisitions, or result in loss of equipment and properties.

     Production of reserves from reservoirs in the Gulf of Mexico generally declines more rapidly than from reservoirs in many other producing regions of the world. This results in recovery of a relatively higher percentage of reserves from properties in the Gulf of Mexico during the initial few years of production. As a result, reserve replacement needs from new prospects are greater and require us to incur significant capital expenditures to replace production.

New technologies may cause our current exploration and drilling methods to become obsolete

     The oil and natural gas industry is subject to rapid and significant advancements in technology, including the introduction of new products and services using new technologies. As competitors use or develop new technologies, we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage, and competitive pressures may force us to implement new technologies at a substantial cost. In addition, competitors may have greater financial, technical and personnel resources that allow them to enjoy technological advantages and may in the future allow them to implement new technologies before we can. We cannot be certain that we will be able to implement technologies on a timely basis or at a cost that is acceptable to us. One or more of the technologies that we currently use or that we may implement in the future may become obsolete, and we may be adversely affected.

Our business depends on oil and natural gas transportation facilities, most of which are owned by others

     The marketability of our oil and natural gas production depends in large part on the availability, proximity and capacity of pipeline systems owned by third parties. The unavailability of or lack of available capacity on these systems and facilities could result in the shut-in of producing wells or the delay or discontinuance of drilling plans for properties. Although we have some contractual control over the transportation of our product, material changes in these business relationships could materially affect our operations. Federal and state regulation of oil and natural gas production and transportation, tax and energy policies, changes in supply and demand, pipeline pressures, damage to or destruction of pipelines and general economic conditions could adversely affect our ability to produce, gather and transport oil and natural gas.

Our financial statements are complex

     Due to new accounting rules, our financial statements continue to be complex, particularly with reference to hedging, asset retirement obligations and the accounting for the deferred compensation plan. The Company expects such complexity to continue and possibly increase.

Available Information

     The Company maintains an internet website under the name “www.rangeresources.com”. The Company makes available, free of charge, on its website, the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after providing such reports to the SEC. Also, the Company’s Corporate Governance principles, the charters of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Executive Committee, and the Governance and Nomination Committee, and the Code of Business

12


Table of Contents

Conduct and Ethics are also available on the website and in print to any stockholder who provides a written request to the Corporate Secretary.

     The Company files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other documents with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The public may read and copy any materials that the Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Also, the SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including the Company, that file electronically with the SEC. The public can obtain any documents the Company files with the SEC at “www.sec.gov.”

Employees

     As of January 1, 2004, the Company had 151 full-time employees, 55 of whom were field personnel. None are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Management believes its relationship with employees is good.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     On December 31, 2003, the Company held working interests in 11,941 gross (6,080 net) productive wells and royalty interests in an additional 227 wells. Including its 50% share of Great Lakes’ reserves, its properties contained, net to its interest, estimated proved reserves of 486 Bcf of gas and 22 million barrels of oil and 11 million barrels of NGLs or a total of 685 Bcfe.

Proved Reserves

     The following table sets forth estimated proved reserves at the end of each of the past five years:

                                             
        December 31,
       
        2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
       
 
 
 
 
Natural gas (Mmcf)
                                       
 
Developed
    344,187       320,224       276,162       305,796       299,437  
 
Undeveloped
    142,216       120,043       112,765       121,871       144,346  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    486,403       440,267       388,927       427,667       443,783  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Oil and NGLs (Mbbls)
                                       
 
Developed
    24,912       17,176       14,066       17,215       17,884  
 
Undeveloped
    8,111       5,776       6,614       8,787       10,933  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    33,023       22,952       20,680       26,002       28,817  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total (Mmcfe)(a)
    684,541       577,977       513,005       583,679       616,685  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
% Developed
    72.1 %     73.2 %     70.3 %     70.1 %     66.0 %

(a)   Oil and NGLs are converted to mcfe at a rate of 6 mcf per barrel.

     At December 31, 2003, 72.1% of the Company’s proved reserves by volume were classified as developed and 27.9% were classified as undeveloped. The undeveloped reserves were located 58% in Appalachia, 28% in Southwest and 14% in the Gulf Coast regions.

     At year-end 2003, the following independent petroleum consultants reviewed the Company’s reserves: DeGolyer and MacNaughton (Southwest and Gulf Coast), H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc. (Southwest), and Wright and Company, Inc. (Appalachia). These engineers were selected for their geographic expertise and their history in engineering certain properties. At December 31, 2003, these consultants collectively reviewed approximately 87% of the proved reserves. All estimates of oil and gas reserves are subject to uncertainty.

     The following table sets forth the estimated future net revenues, excluding open hedging contracts, from proved reserves, the present value of those revenues and the expected realized prices used in projecting them over the past five years (in millions except prices):

13


Table of Contents

                                           
      December 31,
     
      2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
     
 
 
 
 
Future net revenue
  $ 2,687     $ 1,817     $ 750     $ 3,764     $ 1,013  
Present Value
                                       
 
Pre-tax
    1,396       965       399       1,964       556  
 
After tax
    994       500       311       1,506       503  
Oil price (per barrel)
  $ 29.48     $ 27.52     $ 17.59     $ 24.46     $ 23.49  
Gas price (per mcf)
  $ 6.03     $ 4.76     $ 2.70     $ 9.57     $ 2.34  

     Future net revenues represent projected revenues from the sale of proved reserves net of production and development costs (including production taxes and operating expenses). Such calculations, prepared in accordance with SFAS No. 69, “Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities,” are based on costs and prices in effect at December 31, 2003. Weighted average product prices at December 31, 2003 were $29.48 per barrel of oil, $19.93 per barrel for natural gas liquids, and $6.03 per mcf of gas using benchmark NYMEX prices of $32.52 per barrel and $6.19 per Mmbtu. There can be no assurance that the proved reserves will be produced within the periods indicated and prices and costs will not remain constant. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating reserves and related information and different reservoir engineers often arrive at different estimates for the same properties. No estimates of reserves have been filed with or included in reports to another federal authority or agency since year-end.

Significant Properties

     The Company’s operations are divided into three geographical divisions known as Southwest, Gulf Coast and Appalachia. The Appalachia division represents the Company’s 50% ownership in Great Lakes. At year-end, the Company’s properties included working interests in 11,714 (6,080 net) productive oil and gas wells, royalty interests in an additional 227 wells, and 834,000 (376,000 net) undeveloped acres. Of amounts included in the oil and NGL category, 68% is oil. The following tables sets forth summary information by division with respect to estimated proved reserves at December 31, 2003:

                                                   
      Pre-tax Present Value   Volumes
     
 
                      Oil &   Natural                
      Amount           NGL   Gas   Total        
      (In thousands)   %   (Mbbls)   (Mmcf)   (Mmcfe)   %
     
 
 
 
 
 
Southwest
  $ 668,489       48       26,175       187,188       344,238       50  
Appalachia
    489,911       35       5,527       228,427       261,589       39  
Gulf Coast
    237,416       17       1,321       70,788       78,714       11  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 1,395,816       100       33,023       486,403       684,541       100  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                       
          December 31, 2003
         
          Southwest   Appalachia   Gulf Coast   Total
         
 
 
 
Natural gas (Mmcf)
                               
 
Developed
    163,232       134,000       46,955       344,187  
 
Undeveloped
    23,956       94,427       23,833       142,216  
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    187,188       228,427       70,788       486,403  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Oil and NGLs (Mbbls)
                               
 
Developed
    21,195       2,886       831       24,912  
 
Undeveloped
    4,980       2,641       490       8,111  
 
   
     
     
     
 
     
Total
    26,175       5,527       1,321       33,023  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Total (Mmcfe)(a)
    344,238       261,589       78,714       684,541  
 
   
     
     
     
 

(a)   Oil and NGLs are converted to mcfe at a rate of 6 mcf per barrel.

Southwest division

     The Southwest division conducts production and field operations in the Permian Basin of West Texas and the East Texas Basin as well as in the Texas Panhandle and the Anadarko Basin of western Oklahoma. This region represents 48% of the Company’s total reserves by value and 50% by volume. Proved reserves in the Southwest division totaled 344 Bcfe, of which 54% was gas. Reserves increased 104.6 Bcfe, a 44% increase over 2002 due to purchases, additions, favorable revisions based

14


Table of Contents

upon well performance and higher commodity prices. The region’s daily production totaled 78.2 Mmcfe per day, representing 49% of total production. On an annual basis, production increased 9% over 2002. At year-end, the Southwest division had an inventory of 166 proven recompletions and 169 proven drilling locations. Acreage owned in the region at that date included 256,000 (194,000 net) developed acres and 154,000 (112,000 net) undeveloped acres. During 2003, 99 (86.4 net) development wells were drilled in the region, of which 85 (76.1 net) were productive and 5 (4.3 net) exploratory wells were drilled, of which 1 (1.0 net) was productive. During the year, the region achieved an 85% drilling success rate.

     In West Texas, in the Conger Field of Sterling County, the Company added approximately 86 Bcfe in reserves in 2003. Drilling added 5.9 Bcfe as 12 (11.2 net) wells were drilled, of which 10 (9.2 net) were successful. Another 80 Bcfe in reserves were added in December 2003, when the Company completed an $87.1 million producing property acquisition adjacent to its current operations. The acquisition, which established Range as the largest operator in the field, added 500 operated wells to Range’s existing 300 wells. Production from the acquired properties is expected to exceed 22 Mmcfe per day, while total field production is expected to reach 35 Mmcfe per day in 2004. The properties encompass 38,000 (32,000 net) acres and include a 400-mile gathering system. To date, the Company has identified 64 drilling locations and has plans to drill a number of them in 2004. At the Fuhrman-Mascho field in Andrews County, where a waterflood redevelopment project was undertaken in 2002, a total of 27 (26.0 net) producers and 11 (11.0 net) injectors have been successfully drilled. At year-end, the combined daily production rate from the field was approximately 8.5 Mmcfe per day. In total, 2003 drilling added 13 Bcfe in reserves to the field. A response to the waterflood is expected by the end of 2004. Even if the waterflood fails to yield a positive response, primary production has proved to be economic. If the waterflood does yield a positive response, a multi-phase expansion project is planned. At Powell Ranch in Glasscock County, 3 (2.2 net) wells were drilled, of which 1(0.2 net) was successful. At year-end, production from that field totaled 6.9 net Mmcfe per day. In the Val Verde Basin, a recompletion program in 2003 added 1.8 Mmcfe per day to production. In addition, 8 (7.0 net) wells were drilled, of which 6 (5.5 net) were successful. By year-end, production from Range’s 202 wells in the Val Verde Basin totaled 14.5 (10.1 net) Mmcfe per day.

     In East Texas, the second and third phases of a high-volume lift program were completed in 2003 in the Laura LaVelle field in Houston County. A fourth phase is currently underway. The project is designed to expand the field’s water disposal system and facilitate increased pumping capacity. With 13 (12.8 net) shallow wells drilled in the field at average depths of 2,000 feet last year, production increased 18% to 4.4 (4.0 net) Mmcfe per day at year-end. In 2004, there are 3 (3.0 net) exploratory wells planned to test several medium-depth formations including the Wilcox, Woodbine and Buda formations in Houston County, at depths ranging between 6,000 and 11,000 feet. In Tyler County, Range has identified 4 (1.75 net) deeper Woodbine prospects on existing properties. These Woodbine wells target formations at depths in excess of 14,000 feet. In the James Lime trend of East Texas, 3 (2.0 net) wells drilled in 2003, of which 2 (1.5 net) proved successful.

     In the Texas Panhandle, the Morrow play in the Texas Panhandle continued to yield significant production and reserve growth for Range in 2003. Drilling success in the area resulted in a net 62% increase in production for the area compared to the previous year-end. Equally important, strategic leasehold purchases during 2003 increased Range’s acreage position in the play to 69,000 (52,000 net) acres, adding in excess of 20 potential drilling locations. In addition, the Company has acquired 912 miles of 2-D seismic data covering the field that is currently being processed and interpreted. Range continues to pursue the acquisition of additional acreage in the area. The division drilled 21 (17.7 net) Morrow wells in the Texas Panhandle in 2003, achieving an 84% success rate. The 17 (14.8 net) successful wells are currently producing at a net of 8.6 Mmcfe per day. In 2004, a total of 21 (14.5 net) wells are planned in the area to test various formations including Morrow, Hunton, Woodford and Brown Dolomite.

15


Table of Contents

     In the Anadarko Basin, Range drilled a total of 10 (5.6 net) wells in the Watonga-Chickasha trend of the Anadarko Basin, achieving a 98% success rate. The most notable successes were 6 (4.0 net) wells drilled on undeveloped leasehold acquired by Range in late 2002. The net production rate for the six wells at December 2003 was 2.7 Mmcfe per day. A total of 9 (4.3 net) wells are planned in this trend in 2004. The division also has plans in 2004 to test several deeper and higher potential prospects in western Oklahoma.

Gulf Coast division

     The Gulf Coast division represents 17% of total Company reserves by value and 11% by volume. Proved reserves totaled 78.7 Bcfe, a decrease of 8% compared to 2002. During the year, the region’s production totaled 45.2 Mmcfe per day. Gulf Coast reserves are 90% natural gas. Properties are located in the shallow waters of the Gulf of Mexico and onshore in Texas, Louisiana and Mississippi. The division’s wells are characterized by high initial rates and relatively short reserve lives. Production by the Gulf Coast division represented 28% of the Company’s total. Major onshore fields produce from Hartburg formations at depths of 10,000 to 11,000 feet in the Upper Texas Gulf Coast to the Upper Oligocene in South Louisiana at depths of 10,000 to 12,000 feet to the Sligo and Hosston formations at depths of 15,000 to 16,500 feet in the Oakvale field in Mississippi. Range operates a majority of its onshore properties while third parties operate its offshore properties. Offshore properties include interests in 37 platforms in water depths ranging from 11 to 240 feet. The Gulf Coast’s development inventory includes 34 recompletions and 13 drilling locations on 129,000 (43,000 net) developed acres and 54,000 (14,000 net) undeveloped acres.

     In 2003, the region spent $20.1 million to drill 4 (1.7 net) wells, recomplete 12 (3.6 net) others and to upgrade facilities. In the fourth quarter of 2003, net production averaged 647 barrels of oil and 42.4 Mmcf of gas per day or 46.2 Mmcfe per day in total. Production during the year increased 1% to 45.2 Mmcfe per day, reversing a 22% decrease in production from the previous year. With minimal drilling in 2003 and no acquisitions, the division replaced only 58% of production. During 2003, 1 development well (0.5 net) was drilled, which was productive. Three exploratory wells (1.2 net) were drilled with 2 (1.1 net) proving productive.

     No new offshore wells were drilled in 2003, but work progressed to set up several significant wells for 2004 drilling. The joint venture formed between Range and two other companies continued to explore the central shelf of the Gulf of Mexico. Since forming the joint venture in 2001, $3.1 million has been spent on seismic data. The joint venture increased its total 3-D seismic data coverage from 6,100 square miles to 6,250 square miles in 2003 and the joint technical team continues to work the data, with a total number of 43 identified prospects. The joint venture continues to pursue leases and farm-ins to capture these leads and successfully secured leases in the March 2003 government sale that will allow for 2004 drilling of 2 (0.3 net) exploration wells. Range owns a 14% working interest in both prospects, which are on trend with other producers. The joint venture also secured a farm-in that will drill in the first half of 2004. Range owns a 10.5% working interest in this prospect.

     Outside of the joint venture, Range is participating in 3 (0.8 net) offshore wells in the first quarter of 2004. The Chandeleur 17 S/L 17619#1 and the High Island 111 A-10 Sidetrack both reached total depth and set production casing in January, with production expected in March. The West Cameron 56 #17, an initial offset to the Company’s 2002 West Cameron discovery, began drilling in January. If successful, this fault-separated offset could prove up two additional locations. In addition, the Falcon Prospect, located on East Cameron Block 33, is scheduled to spud later in 2004. This high risk/high reward project exposes Range to significant reserves at a potential net dry hole cost of $2.6 million. The Company retains a 25% working interest to casing point and a 37% working interest after casing point. Finally, Range has partnered with ExxonMobil licensing a portion of their 3-D seismic shoot of the old West Delta #30 field. Range has identified several leads. The first development location, a sidetrack, is scheduled to drill in the first quarter of 2004. Range retains a 49% interest in the field.

     Onshore, Range had a successful year, increasing onshore production by 16%. Using state-of-the-art seismic technology to reprocess 3-D data and through skillful interpretation of subtle reflectors, the technical team successfully identified and drilled several high-rate producers. The team will attempt to replicate their success utilizing 500 square miles of reprocessed 3-D seismic covering onshore south Louisiana to search for additional opportunities overlooked with predecessor technologies.

16


Table of Contents

     Following up on a Marg howei discovery well drilled in south Louisiana in late 2002, 2 (0.9 net) additional wells were successfully drilled in 2003. All three wells have been prolific producers, with cumulative total production through year-end of 6.6 (2.1 net) Bcfe. Another South Louisiana well, the Hubbard #1, a 14,000 foot Nonion Struma test, spud in November and is currently drilling. Range has a 21% working interest in the prospect. In addition, 1 (0.6 net) well is planned in the South Louisiana area in the first quarter of 2004. In the Gulf Coast area, Range had exploration success with another seismically defined prospect. Range drilled a 14,500 foot well in late 2003, encountering 55 net feet of pay. Range owns 68% working interest in the well, which recently tested at 7.4 (3.7 net) Mmcfe per day with reservoir pressure of 9,300 pounds. Finally, one Vicksburg exploration well, in which Range owned a 10% working interest, was drilled in Orange County and proved unproductive. The Gulf Coast 2004 drilling program includes the drilling of 13 (3.7 net) offshore wells and 5 (2.4 net) onshore wells.

Appalachian division

     Through its 50% interest in Great Lakes, the Appalachia division represents 262 Bcfe of proved reserves, or 39% by volume and 35% by value of total proved reserves. The region has a working interest in 9,175 gross (4,096 net) wells and approximately 5,000 miles of gas gathering lines. At December 31, 2003, Great Lakes had an inventory 1,701 proven drilling locations and of 52 proven recompletions.

                           
      Development Projects
     
      Drilling   Recompletion        
      Locations   Opportunities   Total
     
 
 
Beginning of 2003
    1,665       68       1,733  
 
Drilled
    (143 )           (143 )
 
Added
    279             279  
 
Deleted & other
    (100 )     (16 )     (116 )
 
   
     
     
 
End of 2003
    1,701       52       1,753  
 
   
     
     
 

     Acreage owned in the Appalachian region at December 31, 2003 included 869,000 (415,000 net) developed acres and 627,000 (249,000 net) undeveloped acres. During 2003, 238 (105.1 net) development wells were drilled, of which 236 (104.1 net) were productive. Twelve (2.8 net) exploratory wells were drilled, of which 8 (1.8 net) were productive. At December 31, 2003, Great Lakes operated 99% of its wells. The reserves are 87% gas and produce principally from the Upper Devonian, Medina, Clinton, Knox and Oriskany formations at depths ranging from 2,500 to 7,000 feet. For the year, net daily production averaged 30.6 Mmcfe of gas and 852 barrels of oil, or a total of 35.7 Mmcfe per day. The division’s properties, with 1,753 proven projects at year-end, are located in the Appalachian and, to a minor extent, the Michigan Basins of the northeastern United States. After initial flush production, these properties are characterized by gradual decline rates, producing on average for 10 to 35 years.

     In 2003, $20.9 million in capital funded the drilling of 238 (105.1 net) shallow development wells, 9 (2.2 net) medium depth exploration wells and 3 (0.6 net) deep exploration wells. In addition, capital was expended on one (0.5 net) recompletion as well as the purchase of 219 miles of seismic data and 258,000 (86,000 net) acres of leasehold. Of the 238 development wells drilled, 236 were successful. Eight of the 12 exploration wells were also successful, indicating an overall 98% success rate. Year-end proved reserves increased approximately 4% to 262 Bcfe as a result of acquisitions, additions and higher commodity prices.

     The majority of the division’s drilling expenditures are directed toward two large shallow-development plays which include the Clinton-Medina and Upper Devonian sandstone trends. In 2003, Great Lakes drilled 156 (68.3 net) wells in the Clinton-Medina and 70 (31.0 net) wells in the Upper Devonian shallow plays with an overall success rate of 99%. Approximately 89% of the division’s capital budget will target shallow drilling in 2004, funding the drilling of 157 (68.2 net) Clinton-Medina wells and 88 (44.0 net) Upper Devonian wells.

17


Table of Contents

     In 2003, the division focused on expanding its shallow play development areas. A total of 18 (9.0 net) wells were drilled to test five new shallow development areas. Fifteen (8.0 net) of the test wells were successful, resulting in the extension of two existing fields and establishing at least three new development areas. To date, as many as 40 potential drill sites have been identified in the new development plays. Continued testing of the new areas, as well as leasing activity is planned in 2004.

     Approximately 11% of the division’s 2003 capital budget targeted both developmental and exploratory drilling to medium and deep plays. In 2003, a total of 12 (2.8 net) exploratory wells were drilled to medium/deep targets, of which 8 (1.8 net) were successful. Highlights include a Trenton-Black River discovery in New York that establishes a new field in an area where the Company owns 50,000 (25,000 net) acres. The well is currently shut-in awaiting pipeline connection. In addition, 2 (0.6 net) Oriskany sandstone discoveries were made in southwestern and north central Pennsylvania. These wells are currently shut-in awaiting pipeline connection or are producing under restricted pipeline conditions. In 2004, the Company plans to drill 14 (4.7 net) exploratory wells, including 5 (1.1 net) to the Trenton-Black River trend, 3 (0.8 net) of which have anticipated well depths above 4,500 feet.

18


Table of Contents

Production

     The following table sets forth total Company production and related information for the past five years (in thousands, except average sales price and operating cost data).

                                               
          Year Ended December 31,
         
          2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
         
 
 
 
 
Production
                                       
 
Gas (Mmcf)
    43,510       41,096       42,278       41,039       50,808  
 
Crude oil (Mbbl)
    2,023       1,873       1,916       2,035       2,247  
 
Natural gas liquids (Mbbl)
    401       407       326       363       412  
     
Total (Mmcfe)(b)
    58,053       54,772       55,730       55,427       66,762  
Revenues
                                       
 
Gas
  $ 171,291     $ 144,030     $ 154,175     $ 118,977     $ 108,115  
 
Crude oil
    47,599       41,665       49,033       47,414       33,075  
 
Natural gas liquids
    7,512       5,259       5,646       6,691       4,302  
 
Transportation and gathering
    3,509       3,495       3,435       5,306       7,770  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total
    229,911       194,449       212,289       178,388       153,262  
Direct operating expenses(a)
    49,317       40,443       43,430       40,552       43,074  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Gross margin
  $ 180,594     $ 154,006     $ 168,859     $ 137,836     $ 110,188  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Average sales price (excluding hedging)
                                       
 
Gas (per mcf)
  $ 5.10     $ 3.02     $ 3.91     $ 3.71     $ 2.24  
 
Crude oil (per bbl)
    28.42       23.34       23.34       28.15       16.21  
 
Natural gas liquids (per bbl)
    18.75       12.93       17.33       18.43       10.44  
     
Total (per mcfe)(b)
    4.94       3.16       3.87       3.9       2.34  
Average sales price (including hedging)
                                       
 
Gas (per mcf)
  $ 3.94     $ 3.50     $ 3.66     $ 2.90     $ 2.13  
 
Crude oil (per bbl)
    23.53       22.25       25.55       23.30       14.72  
 
Natural gas liquids (per bbl)
    18.75       12.93       17.33       18.43       10.44  
 
            3.49       3.75       3.12       2.18  
     
Total (per mcfe)(b)
    3.9       3.49       3.75       3.12       2.18  
Operating costs (per mcfe)
                                       
 
Direct
  $ 0.68     $ 0.63     $ 0.67     $ 0.62     $ 0.58  
 
Severance and production taxes
    0.17       0.11       0.11       0.11       0.07  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total
  $ 0.85     $ 0.74     $ 0.78     $ 0.73     $ 0.65  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

(a)   Includes severance, production and ad valorem taxes.
 
(b)   Oil and NGLs are converted to mcfe at a rate of 6 mcf per barrel.

19


Table of Contents

Producing Wells

     The following table sets forth information (including the Company’s 50% share of Great Lakes) relating to productive wells at December 31, 2003. The Company owns royalty interests in an additional 227 wells. Wells are classified as oil or gas according to their predominant production stream.

                           
      Wells   Average
     
  Working
      Gross   Net   Interest
     
 
 
Crude oil
    2,290       1,574       69 %
Natural gas
    9,651       4,506       47 %
 
   
     
         
 
Total
    11,941       6,080       51 %

Acreage

     The following table sets forth acreage held at December 31, 2003.

                           
      Acres   Average
     
  Working
      Gross   Net   Interest
     
 
 
Developed
    1,254,542       651,754       52 %
Undeveloped
    833,876       375,838       45 %
 
   
     
         
 
Total
    2,088,418       1,027,592       49 %
 
   
     
         

Drilling Results

     The following table summarizes drilling activity for the past three years.

                                                     
        2003   2002   2001
       
 
 
        Gross   Net   Gross   Net   Gross   Net
       
 
 
 
 
 
Development wells
                                               
 
Productive
    322.0       180.7       294.0       162.3       256.0       112.9  
 
Dry
    16.0       11.4       6.0       4.1       8.0       5.5  
Exploratory wells
                                               
 
Productive
    11.0       3.8       17.0       6.9       6.0       1.9  
 
Dry
    9.0       4.4       11.0       5.3       2.0       0.9  
Total wells
                                               
 
Productive
    333.0       184.5       311.0       169.2       262.0       114.8  
 
Dry
    25.0       15.8       17.0       9.4       10.0       6.4  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    358.0       200.3       328.0       178.6       272.0       121.2  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Success ratio
    93 %     92 %     95 %     95 %     96 %     95 %

20


Table of Contents

Real Property

     The Company leases approximately 70,000 square feet of office space primarily in Texas and Oklahoma under standard office lease arrangements that expire at various dates through September 2007. All facilities are believed adequate to meet the Company’s current needs and existing space could be expanded or additional space could be leased if required. The Company owns various vehicles and other equipment that are used in its field operations. Such equipment is believed to be in good repair and can be readily replaced if necessary.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company is involved in various legal actions and claims arising in the ordinary course of business, which includes a royalty owner suit filed in 2000 asking for class action certification against Great Lakes and the Company. Through 2003, total cumulative legal costs associated with the Great Lakes class action were $750,000. During 2003, approximately $450,000 of costs were incurred in defense of litigation. In the opinion of management, such litigations and claims are likely to be resolved without a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2003.

PART II

     
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASE OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “RRC.” During 2003, trading volume averaged 179,500 shares per day. The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low sales prices and volumes as reported on the NYSE composite tape for the past two years.

                           
                      Average
                      Daily
      High   Low   Volume
     
 
 
 
2002
                       
First quarter
  $ 5.45     $ 4.03       155,882  
Second quarter
    5.91       4.95       160,475  
Third quarter
    5.68       4.05       145,836  
Fourth quarter
    5.96       4.05       108,856  
 
2003
                       
First quarter
  $ 6.20     $ 5.00       136,836  
Second quarter
    7.43       5.60       185,490  
Third quarter
    7.35       5.98       161,659  
Fourth quarter
    9.86       6.80       232,230  

     Between January 1, 2004 and February 26, 2004, the common stock traded at prices between $9.38 and $11.28 per share. The Company’s 7.375% Notes, 6% Debentures, and 5.90% cumulative convertible preferred stock (“the Convertible Preferred”) are not listed on an exchange, but trade over-the-counter.

21


Table of Contents

     Historically, the Company has issued common stock in exchange for debt and convertible securities. Shares of common stock issued in such exchanges were exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933. The following table summarizes those exchanges for the past three years:

                                                 
    Face Amount ($000)   Common Stock Issued (000’s)
   
 
Security Exchanged   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001

 
 
 
 
 
 
8.75% Notes
  $     $ 875     $ 3,385             175       754  
6% Debentures
    880       7,140       5,710       125       1,150       745  
Trust Preferred Securities
          2,400       2,850             283       291  
$2.03 Preferred stock
                5,425                   767  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
  $ 880     $ 10,415     $ 17,370       125       1,608       2,557  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Market value at date of exchange
                          $ 735     $ 8,242     $ 14,207  
 
                           
     
     
 

     In September 2003, the Company exchanged $10.2 million in cash and $50.0 million of the newly issued Convertible Preferred for $79.5 million of the Trust Preferred Securities held by the largest holder of the Trust Preferred Securities. The exchange, including the issuance of the Convertible Preferred was exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.

Holders of Record

     At February 26, 2004, there were approximately 2,800 holders of record of the common stock.

Dividends

     The payment of dividends is subject to declaration by the Board of Directors and depends on earnings, capital expenditures and various other factors. The Senior Credit Facility and the 7.375% Notes allow for the payment of common and preferred dividends, with certain limitations. The Convertible Preferred is entitled to receive cumulative quarterly dividends at an annual rate of $2.95 per share. In December 2003, the Company announced it would begin paying cash dividends on its common stock at a quarterly dividend rate of one cent per share. The first dividend was paid on January 30, 2004.

Equity Compensation Plans

     The following table summarizes securities issuable and authorized by the stockholders under certain equity compensation plans (a):

                         
    Number of Securities           Number of securities
    to be issued upon   Weighted average   authorized for future
    exercise of outstanding   exercise price of   issuance under equity
    options   outstanding options   compensation plans
   
 
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(b)
    3,831,135     $ 5.00       5,107,437  
 
   
     
     
 

(a)   Although the Company does not maintain a formal plan, common stock is issued to officers and key employees in lieu of cash for bonuses and company matches under the Company’s deferred compensation arrangements as elected by employees. All such issuances are approved by the Compensation Committee, which is composed of three independent directors. Issuances to Named Employees are disclosed in the Company’s proxy statements.
 
(b)   There are no equity compensation plans that have not been approved by security holders.

22


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following table presents selected financial information for each of the last five years.

Operations:

                                           
      Year Ended December 31,
     
      2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
     
 
 
 
 
Revenues
                                       
 
Oil and gas sales
  $ 226,402     $ 190,954     $ 208,854     $ 173,082     $ 145,492  
 
Transportation and gathering
    3,509       3,495       3,435       5,306       7,770  
 
IPF income
    1,547       3,789       6,646       7,162       8,513  
 
Gain on retirement of securities
    18,991       3,098       3,951       17,763       2,430  
 
Other
    (1,252 )     (2,900 )     490       (722 )     343  
 
Gain on formation of Great Lakes
                            30,929  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    249,197       198,436       223,376       202,591       195,477  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Expenses
                                       
 
Direct operating
    36,423       31,869       34,884       32,457       37,401  
 
Production and ad valorem taxes
    12,894       8,574       8,546       8,095       5,673  
 
IPF
    2,965       6,847       3,761       1,974       6,389  
 
Exploration
    13,946       11,525       5,879       3,187       2,409  
 
General and administrative
    24,377       17,240       12,212       14,953       8,793  
 
Interest expense and dividends on trust preferred
    22,165       23,153       32,179       39,953       47,085  
 
Debt conversion expense
    465                          
 
Depletion, depreciation and amortization
    86,549       76,820       77,573       66,968       80,598  
 
Provision for impairment
                31,085             29,901  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    199,784       176,028       206,119       167,587       218,249  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and accounting change
    49,413       22,408       17,257       35,004       (22,772 )
Income tax (benefit)
                                       
 
Current
    170       (4 )     (406 )     (1,574 )     770  
 
Deferred
    18,319       (3,354 )                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    18,489       (3,358 )     (406 )     (1,574 )     770  
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    30,924       25,766       17,663       36,578       (23,542 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes
    4,491                          
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    35,415       25,766       17,663       36,578       (23,542 )
 
Gain on retirement of preferred stock
                556       5,966        
 
Preferred dividends
    (803 )           (10 )     (1,554 )     (2,334 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 34,612     $ 25,766     $ 18,209     $ 40,990     $ (25,876 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
  $ 0.56     $ 0.49     $ 0.36     $ 0.97     $ (0.71 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    0.08                          
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) per common share
  $ 0.64     $ 0.49     $ 0.36     $ 0.97     $ (0.71 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per common share – assuming dilution
  $ 0.53     $ 0.47     $ 0.36     $ 0.96     $ (0.71 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    0.08                          
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) per common share – assuming dilution
  $ 0.61     $ 0.47     $ 0.36     $ 0.96     $ (0.71 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

23


Table of Contents

                                           
      Year Ended December 31,
     
      2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
     
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet position at year-end:
                                       
 
Current assets (a)
  $ 66,092     $ 50,619     $ 77,735     $ 62,886     $ 77,521  
 
Current liabilities (b)
    106,964       67,206       47,879       53,221       57,441  
 
Oil and gas properties, net
    723,382       564,406       533,357       553,173       570,643  
 
Total assets
    830,091       658,484       682,462       671,826       732,228  
 
Senior debt
    178,200       115,800       95,000       89,900       140,000  
 
Non-recourse debt
    70,000       76,500       98,801       113,009       142,520  
 
Subordinated debt
    109,980       90,901       108,690       162,550       176,360  
 
Trust preferred securities
          84,840       89,740       92,640       117,669  
 
Stockholders’ equity (c)
    274,066       206,109       235,621       159,944       103,238  
 
Weighted average dilutive shares outstanding
    57,850       54,418       51,265       42,932       36,933  

(a)   2001 includes a hedging asset of $37.2 million.
 
(b)   2003 and 2002 include hedging liabilities of $54.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively.
 
(c)   Stockholders’ equity includes other comprehensive income (loss) of ($42.9 million), ($21.2 million), $45.5 million, ($639,000) and $189,000 in 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

24


Table of Contents

     The following tables set forth unaudited financial information on a quarterly basis for each of the last two years (in thousands, except per share data).

                                           
      2002
     
      March   June   September   December   Total
     
 
 
 
 
Revenues
                                       
 
Oil and gas sales
  $ 44,283     $ 48,626     $ 48,112     $ 49,933     $ 190,954  
 
Transportation and gathering
    774       924       1,037       760       3,495  
 
IPF income
    1,171       992       1,313       313       3,789  
 
Gain on retirement of securities
    1,185       845       1,050       18       3,098  
 
Other
    (2,009 )     (1,235 )     (125 )     469       (2,900 )
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    45,404       50,152       51,387       51,493       198,436  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Expenses
 
Direct operating
    7,516       7,672       8,542       8,139       31,869  
 
Production and ad valorem taxes
    1,688       2,266       1,974       2,646       8,574  
 
IPF
    1,772       2,178       808       2,089       6,847  
 
Exploration
    5,271       2,172       1,814       2,268       11,525  
 
General and administrative
    4,470       4,733       3,080       4,957       17,240  
 
Interest expense and dividends on trust preferred
    5,357       6,274       5,845       5,677       23,153  
 
Depletion, depreciation and amortization
    18,100       19,304       19,716       19,700       76,820  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    44,174       44,599       41,779       45,476       176,028  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes and accounting change
    1,230       5,553       9,608       6,017       22,408  
Income tax (benefit)
                                       
 
Current
          45       23       (72 )     (4 )
 
Deferred
    (3,111 )     (1,802 )     363       1,196       (3,354 )
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    (3,111 )     (1,757 )     386       1,124       (3,358 )
Net income
  $ 4,341     $ 7,310     $ 9,222     $ 4,893     $ 25,766  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 0.08     $ 0.14     $ 0.17     $ 0.09     $ 0.49  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                             
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income per common share
  $ 0.08     $ 0.14       0.17     $ 0.09     $ 0.49  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per common share – assuming dilution
  $ 0.08     $ 0.13     $ 0.17     $ 0.09     $ 0.47  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                             
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income per common share – assuming dilution
  $ 0.08     $ 0.13     $ 0.17     $ 0.09     $ 0.47  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

     The total of quarterly earnings per share does not necessarily equal the earnings per share for the year, because the calculations are based on the weighted average shares outstanding or rounding. (See Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Results of Operations.)

25


Table of Contents

                                           
      2003
     
      March   June   September   December   Total
     
 
 
 
 
Revenues
                                       
 
Oil and gas sales
  $ 54,330     $ 55,273     $ 55,723     $ 61,076     $ 226,402  
 
Transportation and gathering
    1,027       940       841       701       3,509  
 
IPF income
    539       428       297       283       1,547  
 
Gain on retirement of securities
    150       (10 )     18,572       279       18,991  
 
Other
    928       (1,913 )     723       (990 )     (1,252 )
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    56,974       54,718       76,156       61,349       249,197  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Expenses
                                       
 
Direct operating
    9,552       9,542       7,989       9,340       36,423  
 
Production and ad valorem taxes
    3,476       3,102       3,131       3,185       12,894  
 
IPF
    618       568       578       1,201       2,965  
 
Exploration
    2,453       2,687       3,633       5,173       13,946  
 
General and administrative
    4,846       5,313       5,493       8,725       24,377  
 
Interest expense and dividends on trust preferred
    5,544       5,175       7,705       3,741       22,165  
 
Debt conversion expense
    465                         465  
 
Depletion, depreciation and amortization
    20,967       21,276       21,869       22,437       86,549  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    47,921       47,663       50,398       53,802       199,784  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes and accounting change
    9,053       7,055       25,758       7,547       49,413  
Income tax (benefit)
                                       
 
Current
    4       (6 )     6       166       170  
 
Deferred
    4,086       2,470       9,015       2,748       18,319  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    4,090       2,464       9,021       2,914       18,489  
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    4,963       4,591       16,737       4,633       30,924  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes
    4,491                         4,491  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    9,454       4,591       16,737       4,633       35,415  
Net income
 
Preferred dividends
                (65 )     (738 )     (803 )
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 9,454     $ 4,591     $ 16,672     $ 3,895     $ 34,612  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 0.09     $ 0.08     $ 0.31     $ 0.07     $ 0.56  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    0.08                         0.08  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income per common share
  $ 0.18     $ 0.08     $ 0.31     $ 0.07     $ 0.64  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per common share – assuming dilution
  $ 0.09     $ 0.08     $ 0.31     $ 0.07     $ 0.53  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    0.08                         0.08  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net income per common share – assuming dilution
  $ 0.17     $ 0.08     $ 0.31     $ 0.07     $ 0.61  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

     The total of quarterly earnings per share does not necessarily equal the earnings per share for the year, because the calculations are based on the weighted average shares outstanding or rounding. (See Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Results of Operations.)

26


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Capitalized terms herein are defined in the footnotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.)

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     The Company’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally adopted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and related footnote disclosures. Application of certain of the Company’s accounting policies, including those related to oil and gas revenues, bad debts, the fair value of derivatives, oil and gas properties, asset retirement obligations, marketable securities, income taxes and contingencies and litigation require significant estimates. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various assumptions that are believed reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The Company believes the following critical accounting policies reflect its more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its financial statements.

Property, Plant and Equipment

     Proved reserves are defined by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as those volumes of crude oil, condensate, natural gas liquids and natural gas that geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty are recoverable from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. Proved developed reserves are volumes expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods. Although the Company’s engineers are knowledgeable of and follow the guidelines for reserves established by the SEC, the estimation of reserves requires engineers to make a significant number of assumptions based on professional judgment. Reserve estimates are updated at least annually and consider recent production levels and other technical information. Estimated reserves are often subject to future revision, which could be substantial, based on the availability of additional information, including: reservoir performance, new geological and geophysical data, additional drilling, technological advancements, price and cost changes and other economic factors. Changes in oil and gas prices can lead to a decision to start-up or shut-in production, which can lead to revisions to reserve quantities. Reserve revisions in turn cause adjustments in the depletion rates utilized by the Company. The Company cannot predict what reserve revisions may be required in future periods. Reserve estimates are reviewed and approved by the Company’s Vice President of Reservoir Engineering who reports directly to the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. In addition, because substantially all of the Company’s proved reserves are pledged as collateral for the Senior Credit Facility, the Company’s estimates of proved reserves are reviewed twice annually by independent engineers on behalf of each of the eleven banks participating in the Senior Credit Facility. A similar reserve review is conducted by the banks participating in the Great Lakes debt facility. To further ensure the reliability of reserve estimates, the Company engages independent petroleum consultants to review the estimates of proved reserves. During 2003, 2002, and 2001, their review covered 87%, 84% and 82% of reserve value, respectively.

     The Company utilizes the successful efforts method to account for exploration and development expenditures. Unsuccessful exploration wells are expensed and can have a significant effect on operating results. Successful exploration drilling costs and all development costs are capitalized and systematically charged to expense using the units of production method based on proved oil and gas reserves as estimated by the Company’s engineers. The successful efforts method inherently relies upon the estimation of proved reserves, which includes proved developed and proved undeveloped volumes.

     The Company adheres to statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 19 (“SFAS 19”) for recognizing any impairment of capitalized costs to unproved properties. The greatest portion of these costs generally relate to the acquisition of leasehold costs. The costs are capitalized and periodically evaluated as to recoverability, based on changes brought about by economic factors and potential shifts in business strategy employed by management. The Company considers a combination of time and geologic and engineering factors to evaluate the need for impairment of these costs. Unproved properties had a net book value of $12.2 million, $19.0 million and $25.7 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

     Depletion rates are determined based on reserve quantity estimates and the capitalized costs of producing properties. As the estimated reserves are adjusted, the depletion expense for a property will change, assuming no change in production volumes or the costs capitalized. Estimated reserves are used as the basis for calculating the expected future cash flows from a property, which are used to determine whether that property may be impaired. Reserves are also used to estimate the supplemental disclosure of the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to its oil and gas producing activities and reserve quantities disclosure in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Changes in the estimated reserves are considered changes in estimates for accounting purposes and are reflected on a prospective basis.

     The Company monitors its long-lived assets recorded in property, plant and equipment in the Consolidated Balance Sheet to ensure they are fairly presented. The Company must evaluate its properties for potential impairment when

27


Table of Contents

circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset could exceed its fair value. A significant amount of judgment is involved in performing these evaluations since the results are based on estimated future events. Such events include a projection of future oil and natural gas sales prices, an estimate of the ultimate amount of recoverable oil and gas reserves that will be produced from a field, the timing of future production, future production costs, future abandonment costs, and future inflation. The need to test a property for impairment can be based on several factors, including a significant reduction in sales prices for oil and/or gas, unfavorable adjustment to reserves, a change in costs, or other changes to contracts, environmental regulations or tax laws. All of these factors must be considered when testing a property’s carrying value for impairment. The Company cannot predict whether impairment charges may be required in the future.

Derivatives

     The Company uses commodity derivative contracts to manage its exposure to oil and gas price volatility. The Company accounts for its commodity derivatives in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”). Earnings are affected by the ineffective portion of a hedge contract (changes in realized prices that do not match the changes in the hedge price). Ineffective gains or losses are recorded in other revenue while the hedge contract is open and may increase or reverse until settlement of the contract. This may result in significant volatility to current period income. For derivatives qualifying as hedges, the effective portion of any changes in fair value is recognized in stockholders’ equity as other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and then reclassified to earnings when the transaction is consummated. This may result in significant volatility in stockholders’ equity. The fair value of open hedging contracts is an estimated amount that could be realized upon termination.

     The commodity derivatives used by the Company include commodity swaps and collars. While there is a risk that the financial benefit of rising prices may not be captured, management believes the benefits of stable and predictable cash flow are more important. Among these benefits are: more efficient utilization of existing personnel and planning for future staff additions, the flexibility to enter into long term projects requiring substantial committed capital, smoother and more efficient execution of the Company’s ongoing development drilling and production enhancement programs, more consistent returns on invested capital, and better access to bank and other credit markets. Through Great Lakes, the Company also has interest rate swap agreements to protect against the volatility of variable interest rates under its credit facility.

Asset Retirement Obligations

     The Company has significant obligations to remove tangible equipment and restore land or seabed at the end of oil and gas production operations. The Company’s removal and restoration obligations are primarily associated with plugging and abandoning wells and removing and disposing of offshore oil and gas platforms. Estimating the future asset removal costs is difficult and requires management to make estimates and judgments because most of the removal obligations are many years in the future and contracts and regulations often have vague descriptions of what constitutes removal. Asset removal technologies and costs are constantly changing, as well as regulatory, political, environmental, safety and public relations considerations.

     Asset retirement obligations are not unique to the Company or to the oil and gas industry and in 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” (“SFAS 143”). The Company adopted this statement effective January 1, 2003, as discussed in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. SFAS 143 significantly changed the method of accruing for costs an entity is legally obligated to incur related to the retirement of fixed assets (“asset retirement obligations” or “ARO”). Primarily, the new statement requires the Company to record a separate liability for the discounted present value of the Company’s asset retirement obligations, with an offsetting increase to the related oil and gas properties on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

     Inherent in the present value calculation are numerous assumptions and judgments including the ultimate retirement costs, inflation factors, credit adjusted discount rates, timing of retirement, and changes in the legal, regulatory, environmental and political environments. To the extent future revisions to these assumptions impact the present value of the existing ARO liability, a corresponding adjustment is made to the oil and gas property balance. In addition, increases in the discounted ARO liability resulting from the passage of time will be reflected as accretion expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

     SFAS 143 required a cumulative adjustment to reflect the impact of implementing the statement had the rule been in effect since inception. The Company, therefore, calculated the cumulative accretion expense on the ARO liability and the cumulative depletion expense on the corresponding property balance. The sum of this cumulative expense was compared to

28


Table of Contents

the depletion expense originally recorded. Because the historically recorded depletion expense was higher than the cumulative expense calculated under SFAS 143, the difference resulted in a $4.5 million gain, net of tax, which the Company recorded as cumulative effect of change in accounting principle on January 1, 2003.

Deferred Taxes

     The Company is subject to income and other taxes in all areas in which it operates. When recording income tax expense, certain estimates are required because: (a) income tax returns are generally filed many months after the close of a calendar year; (b) tax returns are subject to audit which can take years to complete; and (c) future events often impact the timing of when income tax expenses and benefits are recognized. The Company has deferred tax assets relating to tax operating loss carry forwards and other deductible differences. The Company routinely evaluates all deferred tax assets to determine the likelihood of realization. A valuation allowance is recognized on deferred tax assets when management believes that certain of these assets are not likely to be realized.

     In determining deferred tax liabilities, accounting rules require OCI to be considered, even though such income (loss) has not yet been earned. At year-end 2002, deferred tax assets exceed deferred tax liabilities by $15.8 million with $11.4 million of deferred tax assets related to hedging losses included in OCI. At year-end 2003, deferred tax assets exceeded deferred tax liabilities by $9.0 million with $24.6 million of deferred tax assets related to deferred hedging losses included in OCI. Based on the Company’s projected profitability and because if prices remain constant, the unrealized hedging losses should be offset in the future by higher realization on our production, no year-end 2003 valuation allowance was deemed necessary.

     The Company may be is challenged by taxing authorities over the amount and/or timing of recognition of revenues and deductions on its various income tax returns. Although the Company believes that it has adequate accruals for unresolved tax matters, gains or losses could occur in the future due to changes in estimates or resolution of outstanding matters.

Contingent Liabilities

     A provision for legal, environmental and other contingent matters is charged to expense when the loss is probable, and the cost can be reasonably estimated. Judgment is often required to determine when expenses should be recorded for legal, environmental and contingent matters. In addition, the Company often must estimate the amount of such losses. In many cases, management’s judgment is based on the input of its legal advisors and on the interpretation of laws and regulations, which can be interpreted differently by regulators and/or the courts. Management monitors known and potential legal, environmental and other contingent matters and makes its best estimate of when the Company should record losses for these based on available information.

Bad Debt Expense

     The Company periodically assesses the recoverability of all material trade and other receivables to determine their collectability. At IPF, receivables are evaluated quarterly and provisions for uncollectible amounts are established. Such provisions for uncollectible amounts are recorded when management believes that a related receivable is not recoverable based on current estimates of expected discounted cash flows.

Revenues

     The Company recognizes revenues from the sale of products and services in the period delivered. Revenues are sensitive to changes in prices received for our products. A substantial portion of production is sold at prevailing market prices, which fluctuate in response to many factors that are outside of the Company’s control. Imbalances in the supply and demand for oil and natural gas can have dramatic effects on prices. Political instability and availability of alternative fuels could impact worldwide supply, while economic factors can impact demand. At IPF, payments believed to relate to return are recognized as income.

Other

     The Company records a write down of marketable securities when the decline in market value is considered to be other than temporary. Third party reimbursements for administrative overhead costs incurred by the Company in its role as operator of oil and gas properties are applied to reduce general and administrative expense. Salaries and other employment costs of those employees working on

29


Table of Contents

the Company’s exploration efforts are expensed as exploration expense. The Company does not capitalize general and administrative expenses or interest expense.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     During 2003, the Company spent $206.9 million on exploration, development and acquisitions. In December 2003, the Company purchased, with borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility, producing oil and gas properties in Sterling County, Texas for approximately $87.1 million (including $2.1 million of asset retirement obligations). Bank facility debt increased $55.9 million in 2003 while other debt (including Trust Preferred Securities) was reduced by $65.8 million. At December 31, 2003, the Company had $631,000 in cash, total assets of $830.0 million and a debt to capitalization ratio of 57%. Available borrowing capacity on the Company’s bank lines at December 31, 2003 was $46.7 million on the Senior Credit Facility and $85.0 million at Great Lakes (of which $42.5 million was net to Range). Long-term debt at December 31, 2003 totaled $358.2 million and included $178.2 million of borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility, $70.0 million under the non-recourse Great Lakes $275.0 million secured revolving bank facility (the “Great Lakes Credit Facility”), $98.3 million of 7.375% Notes and $11.6 million of 6% Debentures. At December 31, 2003, the Company had a working capital deficit of $40.9 million which included an unrealized hedging liability of $54.2 million due to the mark-to-market of all open hedges. Because payments on this hedging liability are made monthly, and the Company will also collect production proceeds to which this hedging relates and the amount should be self-funding.

     During 2003, 129,000 shares of common stock were exchanged for $880,000 of 6% Debentures. A conversion expense of $465,000 was recorded on the exchange. In addition, $9.1 million of 6% Debentures, $5.3 million of Trust Preferred Securities and $500,000 of 8.75% Notes were repurchased for cash. Also, $10.2 million of cash and $50.0 million of the newly issued Convertible Preferred was exchanged for $79.5 million of Trust Preferred Securities. A $19.0 million gain was recorded, as the securities were retired at a discount.

     Cash is required to fund capital expenditures necessary to offset inherent declines in production and proven reserves which is typical in the capital intensive extractive industry. Future success in growing reserves and production will be highly dependent on capital resources available and the success of finding or acquiring additional reserves. The Company believes that net cash generated from operating activities and unused committed borrowing capacity under the credit facilities combined with the oil and gas price hedges currently in place will be adequate to satisfy near term financial obligations and liquidity needs. However, long-term cash flows are subject to a number of variables including the level of production and prices as well as various economic conditions that have historically affected the oil and gas business. A material drop in oil and gas prices or a reduction in production and reserves would reduce the Company’s ability to fund capital expenditures, reduce debt, meet financial obligations and remain profitable. The Company operates in an environment with numerous financial and operating risks, including, but not limited to, the inherent risks of the search for, development and production of oil and gas, the ability to buy properties and sell production at prices which provide an attractive return and the highly competitive nature of the industry. The Company’s ability to expand its reserve base is, in part, dependent on obtaining sufficient capital through internal cash flow, borrowings or the issuance of debt or equity securities. There can be no assurance that internal cash flow and other capital sources will provide sufficient funds to maintain capital expenditures.

     The following summarizes the Company’s contractual financial obligations at December 31, 2003 and their future maturities. The Company expects to fund these contractual obligations with cash generated from operating activities and refinancing proceeds.

30


Table of Contents

                                           
      Payment due by period
     
      2004   2005 and 2006   2007 and 2008   Thereafter   Total
     
 
 
 
 
      (in thousands)
Long-term debt(a)
  $     $     $ 259,849     $ 100,000     $ 359,849  
Operating leases
    2,567       3,747       699             7,013  
Seismic purchase
    1,236       215                   1,451  
Derivative obligations(b)
    54,229       16,777                   71,006  
Asset retirement obligation liability
    5,814       19,098       3,540       23,391       51,843  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total contractual obligations(c)
  $ 63,846     $ 39,837     $ 264,088     $ 123,391     $ 491,162  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

(a)   Due at termination dates for each of the Company’s credit facilities, which the Company expects to renew, but there is no assurance that can be accomplished.
 
(b)   Derivative obligations represent net open hedging contracts valued as of December 31, 2003.
 
(c)   This table does not include the liability for the deferred compensation plan since these obligations will be funded with existing plan assets.

     Total long-term debt at December 31, 2003, was $358.2 million. Long-term debt of $248.2 million was subject to floating interest rates (of which certain amounts have interest swap agreements) and $111.6 million of debt had a fixed interest rate. The table below describes the Company’s required annual fixed interest payments on these debt instruments (in thousands):

                                 
            Annual   Interest        
Security   Amount   Interest   Payable   Maturity

 
 
 
 
7.375% Notes
  $ 100,000     $ 7,375     January, July           2013  
6% Debentures
    11,649       699     February, August     2007  
 
   
     
                 
 
  $ 111,649     $ 8,074                  
 
   
     
                 

Cash Dividend Payments

     In December 2003, the Company announced it would reinstate cash dividends on its common stock at an initial quarterly dividend rate of one cent per share. The first dividend was paid on January 30, 2004. The Convertible Preferred is entitled to receive cumulative quarterly dividends at an annual rate of $2.95 per share. The payment of dividends is subject to declaration by the Board of Directors and depends on earnings, capital expenditures and various other factors. The table below describes the Company’s preferred dividend payments (in thousands):

                         
            Annual   Dividend
Security   Amount   Dividend   Payable

 
 
 
5.90% Convertible Preferred
  $ 50,000     $ 2,950     Quarterly
 
   
     
         

31


Table of Contents

Cash Flow

     The Company’s principal sources of cash are operating cash flow, bank borrowings and at times, issuance of debt and equity securities. The Company’s cash flow is highly dependent on oil and gas prices. As of December 31, 2003, the Company has entered into hedging agreements covering 50.1 Bcfe, 28.9 Bcfe and 0.6 Bcfe for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The $106.0 million of capital expenditures for 2003, excluding acquisitions, was funded with internal cash flow. The amount expended replaced 130% of production. Including acquisitions, reserve replacement totaled 286% of production. The $126.0 million 2004 capital budget, which excludes acquisitions, is expected to increase production and to expand the reserve base. Based on current projections, oil and gas futures prices and the Company’s hedge position, the 2004 capital program is expected to be funded with internal cash flow.

     Net cash provided by operations in 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $125.5 million, $114.5 million and $130.6 million respectively. In 2003, cash flow from operations increased with higher volumes and higher prices somewhat offset by increasing operating and exploration expenses. In 2002, cash flow from operations decreased due to lower prices and volumes, higher exploration and higher general and administrative expenses. This decrease was somewhat offset by lower interest and direct operating expenses. In 2001, cash flow from operations increased with higher prices and lower interest expense somewhat offset by increasing operating and exploration expenses.

     Net cash used in investing in 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $187.6 million, $103.9 million and $79.2 million, respectively. The 2003 period included $92.0 million additions to oil and gas properties, and $103.9 million of acquisitions, partially offset by $12.1 million of IPF receipts. The 2002 period included $92.6 million of additions to oil and gas properties and $5.1 million of IPF investments partially offset by $17.3 million of IPF receipts. The 2001 period included $78.5 million of additions to oil and gas properties and $11.6 million of IPF investments, partially offset by $19.0 million of IPF receipts and $3.8 million of asset sales.

     Net cash used in financing (to repay debt) in 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $61.5 million, ($12.6 million) and ($50.6 million), respectively. Historically, sources of financing have been primarily bank borrowings and capital raised through equity and debt offerings. During 2003, recourse bank debt increased $62.4 million primarily due to the December acquisition of producing properties in the Conger field. For the year, total debt declined $9.9 million. During 2003, the Company redeemed $84.8 million of the Trust Preferred Securities and $69.3 million of the 8.75% Notes and issued $100.0 million of 7.375% Notes. During 2002, recourse bank debt increased $20.8 million and total debt (including Trust Preferred Securities) decreased by $24.2 million. Recourse debt increased due to the retirement of the IPF credit facility and the repurchase of debt and convertible securities with borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility. During 2001, recourse bank debt increased by $5.1 million and total debt (including Trust Preferred Securities) decreased by $65.9 million. The reduction in debt was the result of applying excess internal cash flow, proceeds from asset sales and exchanges of common stock for debt and convertible securities.

Capital Requirements

     The Company’s primary needs for cash are for exploration, development and acquisition of oil and gas properties, repayment of principal and interest on outstanding debt and payment of dividends. During 2003, $106.0 million of capital was expended, primarily on drilling projects. Also during 2003, $100.9 million was expended on acquisitions, including $90.7 million to purchase producing properties. The capital program, excluding acquisitions, was funded by of net cash flow from operations. The 2004 capital budget of $126.0 million is expected to increase production and expand the reserve base by more than replacing production. Development and exploration activities are highly discretionary, and, for the foreseeable future, management expects such activities to be maintained at levels equal to or below internal cash flow. To the extent capital requirements exceed internal cash flow, debt or equity may be issued to fund these requirements.

32


Table of Contents

Bank Credit Facilities

     The Company maintains two separate revolving credit facilities, a $225.0 million Senior Credit Facility and a $275.0 million Great Lakes Credit Facility (of which 50% is consolidated by the Company). Each facility is secured by substantially all the borrowers’ assets and matures on January 1, 2007. The Great Lakes Credit Facility is non-recourse to the Company. As Great Lakes is 50% owned, half of its borrowings are consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. Availability under the facilities is subject to borrowing bases set by the banks semi-annually and in certain other circumstances. The borrowing bases are dependent on a number of factors, primarily the lenders’ assessment of future cash flows. Redeterminations of the borrowing base require approval of 75% of the lenders; increases require unanimous approval. At February 26, 2004, the Senior Credit Facility had a $225.0 million borrowing base of which $42.4 million was available. The Great Lakes Credit Facility, half of which is consolidated by the Company, had a $225.0 million borrowing base of which $82.0 million was available.

     Restrictions on the payment of dividends and other restricted payments as defined are imposed under the Company’s bank credit agreement and the 7.375% Notes. Under the Senior Credit Facility, common and preferred dividends are permitted. The terms of the 7.375% Notes limit restricted payments (including dividends) to the greater of $20.0 million or a formula based on earnings since the issuance of the notes. The Senior Credit Facility provides for a restricted payment basket of $20.0 million plus 50% of net income (excluding Great Lakes) plus 66-2/3% of distributions, dividends or payments of debt from or proceeds from sales of equity interests of Great Lakes plus 66-2/3% of net cash proceeds from common stock issuances. The debt agreements contain covenants relating to net worth, working capital, dividends and financial ratios. The Company was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2003.

Hedging - Oil and Gas Prices

     The Company enters into hedging agreements to reduce the impact of oil and gas price volatility on its operations. At December 31, 2003, hedges were in place covering 52.6 Bcf of gas at prices averaging $4.13 per mcf, 1.4 million barrels of oil at prices averaging $25.74 per barrel and 0.7 million barrels of NGLs at prices averaging $21.02 per barrel. The Company also has collars covering 6.6 Bcf of gas at weighted average floor and cap prices of $4.14 to $6.19 and 1.2 million barrels of oil at weighted average floor and cap prices of $24.16 to $29.24. The hedges’ fair value, represented by the estimated amount that would be realized or payable on termination, based on a comparison of the contract price and a reference price, generally NYMEX, approximated a pretax loss of $70.6 million at December 31, 2003. The contracts expire monthly through December 2006. Transaction gains and losses are determined monthly and are included as increases or decreases on oil and gas revenues in the period the hedged production is sold. Realized losses relating to hedging in 2001 were $6.2 million. A hedging gain of $17.8 million was realized in 2002. A hedging loss of $60.4 million was realized in 2003. Changes in the value of the ineffective portion of all open hedges are recognized in earnings quarterly in other income. Since 2001, unrealized gains or losses on hedging positions are recorded at an estimate of fair value based on a comparison of the contract price and a reference price, generally NYMEX, on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as OCI, a component of stockholders’ equity.

     At December 31, 2003, the following commodity derivative contracts were outstanding:

             
        Volume   Average Hedge
Contract Type   Period   Hedged   Price

 
 
 
Natural gas            
Swaps   2004   91,440 MMBtu/day   $4.08
Swaps   2005   50,695 MMBtu/day   $4.21
Swaps   2006   1,644 MMBtu/day   $4.80
Collars   2004   6,470 MMBtu/day   $4.38-$6.19
Collars   2005   11,517 MMBtu/day   $4.14-$5.80
Crude oil            
Swaps   2004   3,010 Bbl/day   $25.93
Swaps   2005   940 Bbl/day   $25.11
Collars   2004   2,128 Bbl/day   $24.18-$29.24
Collars   2005   1,233 Bbl/day   $24.16-$27.48
Natural gas liquids            
Swaps   2004   1,377 Bbl/day   $21.88
Swaps   2005   658 Bbl/day   $19.20

33


Table of Contents

Interest Rates

     At December 31, 2003, the Company had $358.2 million of debt outstanding. Of this amount, $110.0 million bears interest at fixed rates averaging 7.2%. Senior debt and non-recourse debt totaling $248.2 million bears interest at floating rates, which averaged 3.1% at year-end 2003, excluding interest rate swaps. At December 31, 2003, Great Lakes had $110.0 million subject to interest rate swap agreements, of which 50% is consolidated by the Company. These swaps consist of two agreements totaling $45.0 million at 7.1% which expire in May 2004, two agreements totaling $20.0 million at 2.3% which expire in December 2004, one agreement for $10.0 million at 1.4% which expires in June 2005 and two agreements totaling $35.0 million at 1.8% which expire in June 2006. The 30-day LIBOR rate on December 31, 2003 was 1.1%. A 1% increase in short-term interest rates on the floating-rate debt outstanding at December 31, 2003 would cost the Company approximately $1.9 million in additional annual interest, net of swaps.

Capital Restructuring Program

     The Company took a number of steps beginning in 1998 to strengthen its financial position. These steps included the sale of assets and the exchange of common stock for debt and convertible securities. These initiatives have helped reduce total debt 51% from $727.2 million at December 31, 1998 to $358.2 million at December 31, 2003. The Company currently believes it has sufficient liquidity and cash flow to meet its obligations for the next twelve months; however, a drop in oil and gas prices or a reduction in production or reserves would reduce the Company’s ability to fund capital expenditures and meet its financial obligations. Also, the Company’s obligations may change due to acquisitions, divestitures and continued growth.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that are material to its financial position or results of operations.

Inflation and Changes in Prices

     The Company’s revenues, the value of its assets, its ability to obtain bank loans or additional capital on attractive terms have been and will continue to be affected by changes in oil and gas prices. Oil and gas prices are subject to significant fluctuations that are beyond the Company’s ability to control or predict. During 2002, the Company received an average of $22.25 per barrel of oil and $3.50 per mcf of gas after hedging. During 2003, the Company received an average of $23.53 per barrel of oil and $3.94 per mcf of gas, after hedging. Although certain of the Company’s costs and expenses are affected by the general inflation, inflation does not normally have a significant effect on the Company. However, industry-specific inflationary pressures built up over an 18-month period in 2001 and 2002 due to favorable conditions in the industry. During 2002, the Company experienced a slight decline in certain drilling and operational costs when compared to the prior year and in 2003 there were slight increases in these costs. The Company expects an increase in these costs for 2004. Increases in commodity prices can cause inflationary pressures specific to the industry to also increase.

Future Trends

     The Company’s strategy is to increase its oil and gas reserves, production, cash flow and earnings per share through a balanced program that involves:

    enhancing and increasing the base of existing properties;
 
    developing existing acreage position;
 
    investing in high-potential exploration prospects; and
 
    acquiring producing properties complementary to existing properties.

     The Company has announced a $126.0 million 2004 capital budget excluding acquisitions. Range will continue to monitor commodity prices and adjust its capital expenditures accordingly. The Company will also continue to evaluate and pursue acquisition opportunities should they become available at reasonable prices.

     A major trend over the past two decades has involved the divestiture of oil and gas properties located in the United States by major integrated oil companies and large independents. These companies have largely pursued growth internationally to achieve the size and economies of scale required of a large global enterprise and have sold or deemphasized older smaller properties in the United States. Many of these divested properties have not received significant recent capital

34


Table of Contents

investment and often newly available production and reserve enhancement technology has not been applied to these properties. In other situations, to increase cash flow without increasing capital spending, companies have allowed smaller firms such as Range the opportunity to explore and develop reserves on their undeveloped acreage through joint ventures. The pace of these initiatives by the large independents and major integrated oil companies has slowed significantly during the past five years as oil and gas price increases have improved the underlying economics of older properties. It is anticipated that as oil and gas prices plateau or decline and extraction costs continue to rise, larger oil companies will implement additional property divestitures and entertain additional joint ventures. This trend would increase the availability of acquisition, exploration and development opportunities for the Company. Should this trend not continue, the Company will continue to rely upon the ability of its technical teams to generate exploration and development prospects on existing Company owned acreage and acreage publicly available for lease.

     Another major trend in the industry involves technological advances that reduce the cost to explore and produce oil and gas and also allow for extraction of oil and gas from reservoirs previously deemed unrecoverable. Examples of this technology include 3-D seismic, hydraulic reservoir fracture stimulation, advances in well logging and analysis, horizontal drilling and completion techniques, secondary and tertiary recovery practices, and automated well monitoring and control devices. These technology advances have served to lower exploration risk, reduce drilling and production costs and, on occasion, dramatically increase the amount of economically recoverable oil and gas reserves from existing reservoirs. While it is impossible to predict the continuation, pace and application of this trend to the Company’s properties, the Company’s large acreage position, experienced staff and geographically diversified property base, positions the Company well for future technological advances.

35


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Volumes and Sales Data

                                 
            2003   2002   2001
           
 
 
Production:
                       
     
Crude oil (bbls)
    2,023,158       1,872,654       1,916,073  
       
NGLs (bbls)
    400,631       406,746       325,803  
       
Natural gas (mcfs)
    43,510,180       41,095,976       42,278,430  
       
Total (mcfe)
    58,052,911       54,772,376       55,729,683  
 
Average daily production:
                       
   
Crude oil (bbls)
    5,543       5,131       5,250  
   
NGLs (bbls)
    1,098       1,114       893  
   
Natural gas (mcfs)
    119,206       112,592       115,831  
     
Total (mcfe)
    159,049       150,061       152,684  
 
Average sales prices (excluding hedging):
                       
   
Crude oil (per bbl)
  $ 28.42     $ 23.34     $ 23.34  
   
NGLs (per bbl)
  $ 18.75     $ 12.93     $ 17.33  
   
Natural gas (per mcf)
  $ 5.10     $ 3.02     $ 3.91  
       
Total (per mcfe)
  $ 4.94     $ 3.16     $ 3.87  
 
Average sales prices (including hedging):
                       
   
Crude oil (per bbl)
  $ 23.53     $ 22.25     $ 25.55  
   
NGLs (per bbl)
  $ 18.75     $ 12.93     $ 17.33  
   
Natural gas (per mcf)
  $ 3.94     $ 3.50     $ 3.66  
   
Total (per mcfe)
  $ 3.90     $ 3.49     $ 3.75  

     The following table identifies certain items included in the results of operation and is presented to assist in comparing results of the last three years. The table should be read in conjunction with the following discussions of results of operations.

                           
      Year Ended December 31,
     
      2003   2002   2001
     
 
 
      (in thousands)
Increase (decrease) in revenues
                       
 
Write-down of marketable securities
  $     $ (1,220 )   $ (1,715 )
 
Gains on retirement of securities
    18,991       3,098       3,951  
 
Loss on Enron contracts
                (1,352 )
 
Gain/(loss) on asset sales
    (15 )     161       689  
 
Ineffective portion of commodity hedges gain (loss)
    (1,238 )     (2,730 )     2,351  
 
Realized hedging gains (losses)
    (60,427 )     17,790       (6,194 )
 
Recovery from arbitration
          715        
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
  $ (42,689 )   $ 17,814     $ (2,270 )
 
 
   
     
     
 
Increase (decrease) in expenses
                       
 
Provision for impairment
  $     $     $ 31,085  
 
Mark-to-market deferred compensation expense(a)
    6,559       1,023       (2,410 )
 
Bad debt expense accrual
    275       150       688  
 
Non-qualifying interest rate swaps
    (559 )     275       1,403  
 
Adjustment of IPF valuation allowance
    1,819       4,240       122  
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
  $ 8,094     $ 5,688     $ 30,888  
 
 
   
     
     
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (net of taxes)
  $ 4,491     $     $  
 
 
   
     
     
 

(a)   Represents the mark-to-market expense related to Company stock held in the deferred compensation plan.

36


Table of Contents

Overview

     The business of exploring for, developing, and acquiring oil and gas is highly competitive and capital intensive. As in any commodity business, the market price of the commodity produced and the costs associated with finding, acquiring, extracting, and financing the operation are critical to profitability and long-term value creation for shareholders. Generating growth while containing costs represents an ongoing challenge for management, made particularly urgent by the natural production and reserve decline associated with oil and gas properties. During periods of historically high oil and gas prices, cost increases are more prevalent due to increased competition for goods and services. Other challenges faced by the Company include attracting and retaining qualified personnel and maintaining access to capital on sufficiently favorable terms. Enrollments in university oil and gas technology programs have declined over the past two decades as the industry has been wracked by business cycles and consolidation. Emerging industries, such as high technology, have increased the competition for favorably priced capital required by the oil and gas industry.

     The Company has responded to these trends and challenges in many ways. The balance sheet has been restructured to increase cash flow available for investment through reduced debt, principal maturity extensions, and lower interest expense. The technical staff of the Company has been increased and strengthened through the hiring of additional experienced professionals and the use of teams. The inventory of exploration and development prospects has been increased to provide greater diversification of technical risk and better efficiency. The Company’s multidiscipline technical teams have local expertise in their area of operation. This technical competence and local expertise provides a platform to compete and grow core areas from exploration, development and acquisitions.

     The year ended December 31, 2003 was very good operationally. Production for the Company increased 6% versus the prior year. Range replaced 286% of production at $1.25 per Mcfe finding and development costs through a combination of both successful drilling and acquisition programs. The 286% production replacement caused the Company’s reserve base to increase 18% to 685 Bcfe as of December 31, 2003.

     The Company completed the acquisition of producing properties in the Conger Field in Sterling County, Texas on December 23, 2003. With this acquisition, the Company became the largest operator in the field with current net production of 32 Mmcfe per day and an acreage position of 69,000 gross acres. As a result of this acquisition, coupled with our ongoing drilling program, 2004 production is projected to increase over 2003.

     The drilling inventory consists of a large number of low risk locations, coupled with projects that have higher risk and have the potential to positively impact the Company’s reserves and production if successful. The inventory is also geographically diversified with projects in each of the three core areas: Southwest, Gulf Coast, and Appalachia. Our strategy calls for our baseline growth to be generated through drilling and for the acquisition of producing properties to provide incremental growth.

Comparison of 2003 to 2002

     The year 2003 brought favorable operating and financial results, even though the Company realized a $60.4 million reduction in oil and gas revenue due to oil and gas hedging. On the operating side, oil and gas prices, production and proved reserves were all higher than 2002. A complementary acquisition adjacent to an existing Company owned property was completed in December 2003. With the transition from an acquisition focused strategy to a drilling based strategy coupled with complementary acquisitions, 2003 brought an increase in both acreage and seismic spending. On the financial side, enhancing the Company’s financial position continued with retirement of the Trust Preferred Securities, refinancing of the 8.75% Notes, and a sizable proved reserve-driven increase in the Senior Credit Facility borrowing base. Debt carrying costs were reduced and maturities extended, increasing cash flow available for capital investment. The balance sheet enhancement also resulted in several large revenue and expense items related to the various transactions.

     Net income in 2003 totaled $35.4 million compared to $25.8 million in 2002. A $19.0 million gain on retirement of debt and convertible securities was realized in 2003 versus $3.1 million in 2002. Total oil and gas revenues of $226.4 million were $35.4 million higher than 2002 due to 6% higher production and a 12% increase in average prices to $3.90 per mcfe. The average prices received for oil increased 6% to $23.53 per barrel and increased 13% to $3.94 per mcf for gas. Production expenses increased $4.5 million to $36.4 million as a result of higher workover costs and increased costs from acquisitions and new wells. Production taxes increased $4.3 million to $12.9 million due to higher prices and higher volumes. Since production taxes are paid based on market prices and not hedged prices, higher

37


Table of Contents

market prices caused production taxes per mcfe to increase 38% from the prior year. Operating cost (excluding production and ad valorem taxes) per mcfe produced averaged $0.63 in 2003 versus $0.58 in 2002.

     Transportation and gathering revenues of $3.5 million were approximately the same as 2002. IPF’s income of $1.5 million declined 59% from 2002 due to a declining portfolio balance. During 2003, IPF expenses included $1.0 million of administrative expenses, $207,000 of interest and a $1.7 million increase in the valuation allowance. During 2002, IPF expense included $1.7 million of administrative costs, $937,000 of interest costs and a $4.2 million increase to the valuation allowance. Other revenue increased from a loss of $2.9 million in 2002 to a loss of $1.3 million in 2003. The 2003 period included $1.2 million of ineffective hedging losses. The 2002 period included $2.7 million ineffective hedging losses and a $1.2 million write-down of marketable securities, offset by a $715,000 arbitration recovery.

     Exploration expense increased 21% to $13.9 million in 2003 primarily due to higher seismic purchases ($3.9 million) offset by lower dry hole costs ($1.7 million). General and administrative expenses increased 41% due to a $5.5 million increase in the non-cash mark-to-market deferred compensation expense and $1.6 million of higher salary and related benefit costs as well as higher director fees, legal and consulting fees and insurance costs.

     Interest expense for 2003 decreased 4% to $22.2 million with the $2.0 million call premium on the 8.75% Notes (included in interest expense) offset by lower outstanding debt and lower interest rates. Average debt outstanding on the Senior Credit Facility was $104.7 million and $105.3 million for 2003 and 2002, respectively and the average interest rates were 3.1% and 3.4%, respectively.

     Depletion, depreciation and amortization increased 13% to $86.5 million due to higher production, an additional $4.5 million of accretion expense related to the adoption of the new accounting principle for abandonment costs and higher amortization of unproved property costs. The per mcfe DD&A rate was $1.49, a $0.09 increase from 2002 with higher accretion expense ($0.08 per mcfe) and higher amortization of unproved property ($0.03 per mcfe). The DD&A rate is determined based on year-end reserves (based on NYMEX futures prices averaging $32.52 per barrel and $6.19 per mcf) and the net book value associated with them and, to a lesser extent, depreciation on other assets owned. The DD&A rate in the fourth quarter of 2003 was $1.48 per mcfe, reflecting year-end 2003 reserves.

     Year-end 2003 includes a tax expense of $18.5 million versus a tax benefit of $3.4 million in the prior year. The prior year included a reversal of a valuation allowance as an $11.2 million reduction of 2002 income tax expense. Year-end 2003 provides tax expense at a rate of 37%.

     The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 143 on January 1, 2003 and recognized a $4.5 million benefit from the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of $2.4 million of taxes.

Comparison of 2002 to 2001

     The operating and financial enhancement of the Company continued in 2002 resulting in a transition year. While net income was higher in 2002 than in 2001, this increase was primarily due to an asset impairment taken in 2001. Production volume was down slightly in 2002 and both oil and gas prices were below 2001 levels. Various expense categories, including general and administrative expenses, were higher in 2002 as the Company continued to place greater emphasis on internally generated growth through development and exploration as opposed to primary reliance upon acquisitions. Generally, growth through acquisitions requires higher general and administrative expense after the acquired production volumes are evident while internal growth through drilling activities require higher general and administrative expenses before incremental production volumes are evident. The key personnel changes and additions made in 2002, combined with higher expenditures for acreage and seismic, is expected to bring about higher reserves and production, at lower finding costs, in the future.

     Net income in 2002 totaled $25.8 million compared to $17.7 million in 2001. A $3.1 million gain on retirement of securities was realized in 2002 versus $4.0 million in 2001. Production decreased 2% to 150.1 Mmcfe per day due to lower production in the Gulf Coast region. Revenues of $190.9 million were $17.9 million lower than 2001 due to the production decline and a 7% decrease in average prices to $3.49 per mcfe. The average prices received for oil decreased 13% to $22.25 per barrel and for gas decreased 4% to $3.50 per mcf. Production expenses decreased $3.0 million to $31.9 million as a result of reduced workover costs in the Gulf Coast. Operating cost per mcfe produced (excluding production and ad valorem taxes) averaged $0.58 in 2002 versus $0.63 in 2001.

     Transportation and gathering revenues were approximately the same as 2001 at $3.5 million. IPF’s $3.8 million of revenues declined 43% from 2001. IPF records income on payments received on transactions that do not have a valuation

38


Table of Contents

allowance. On accounts with a valuation allowance, IPF reduces the carrying value of the receivable. Due to a declining portfolio balance in 2001, less income was recorded from payments received. Due to a significantly lower portfolio balance in 2002, less income was again recorded. During 2001, IPF expenses included $1.8 million of administrative costs, $1.8 million of interest and a net unfavorable adjustment of $122,000 to IPF receivables. During 2002, IPF expenses included $1.7 million of administrative costs, $937,000 of interest costs and $4.2 million was added to the valuation allowance.

     Exploration expense increased 96% to $11.5 million in 2002 primarily due to higher dry hole cost, additional seismic purchases and personnel expenses. General and administrative increased 41% due to an increase in non-cash mark-to-market deferred compensation expense ($3.4 million), additional personnel costs ($1.4 million) and higher insurance and consulting costs ($550,000) offset by lower bad debt expenses. The average number of general and administrative personnel increased 12% between 2001 and 2002.

     Other revenue decreased from income of $490,000 in 2001 to a loss of $2.9 million in 2002. The 2002 period included a $2.7 million ineffective loss and $1.2 million write-down of marketable securities, offset by a $715,000 recovery on an arbitration. Interest expense decreased 28% to $23.2 million primarily as a result of lower debt balances and falling interest rates. The 2001 period included $2.3 million of ineffective hedging gains and a $689,000 gain on asset sales, partially offset by a $1.7 million write-down of marketable securities and a $1.4 million bad debt expense related to Enron commodity hedges. Average debt outstanding on the Senior Credit Facility was $105.3 million and $90.5 million for 2002 and 2001, respectively, and the average interest rates were 3.4% and 6.4%, respectively.

     Depletion, depreciation and amortization decreased 1% to $76.8 million as a result of lower production. The DD&A rate per mcfe in 2002 was $1.40, a $0.01 increase from 2001. The DD&A rate is determined based on year-end reserves (based on NYMEX futures prices averaging $4.11 per mcf and $23.36 per barrel) and the net book value associated with them and to a lesser extent, depreciation on other assets owned. The DD&A rate in the fourth quarter of 2002 was $1.44 per mcfe, reflecting year-end 2002 reserves. The Company recorded a $31.1 million provision for impairment on acreage and proved properties at year-end 2001 due to performance declines in the reserves and reductions in the value of various properties. No impairment was recorded in 2002.

39


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     The primary objective of the following information is to provide forward-looking quantitative and qualitative information about the Company’s potential exposure to market risks. The term “market risk” refers to the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in oil and gas prices and interest rates. The disclosures are not meant to be precise indicators of expected future losses, but rather indicators of reasonably possible losses. This forward-looking information provides indicators of how the Company views and manages its ongoing market-risk exposures. All of the Company’s market-risk sensitive instruments were entered into for purposes other than trading. All accounts of the Company are US dollar denominated.

Commodity Price Risk

     The Company’s major market risk is exposure to oil and gas prices. Realized prices are primarily driven by worldwide prices for oil and spot market prices for North American gas production. Oil and gas prices have been volatile and unpredictable for many years.

     The Company periodically enters hedging arrangements with respect to its oil and gas production. Hedging is intended to reduce the impact of oil and gas price fluctuations. The majority of hedges are swaps where the Company receives a fixed price for its production and pays market prices to the counterparty. In the second quarter of 2003, the hedging program was modified to include collars which assume a minimum floor price and a predetermined ceiling price. Realized gains and losses are generally recognized in oil and gas revenues when the associated production occurs. Starting in 2001, gains or losses on open contracts are recorded either in current period income or other comprehensive income (“OCI”). The gains and losses realized as a result of hedging are substantially offset in the cash market when the commodity is delivered. Ineffective gains and losses are recognized in earnings in other revenue. The Company does not hold or issue derivative instruments for trading purposes.

     As of December 31, 2003 the Company had oil and gas hedges in place covering 52.6 billion cubic feet of gas, 1.4 million barrels of oil and 0.7 million barrels of NGLs. These contracts expire monthly through December of 2006. The fair value, represented by the estimated amount that would be realized upon immediate liquidation as of December 31, 2003 approximated a net pre-tax loss of $70.6 million.

     Gains or losses realized on hedging transactions are determined monthly based upon the difference between contract price received by the Company for the sale of its hedged production and the hedge price, generally closing prices on the NYMEX. These gains and losses are included as increases or decreases to oil and gas revenues in the period the hedged production is sold. In 2001, there was a net pre-tax realized loss associated with the hedges of $6.2 million followed by a gain of $17.8 million in 2002. A 2003 pre-tax loss realized of $60.4 million was recorded relating to the Company’s hedges. Losses due to commodity hedge ineffectiveness are recognized in earnings in other revenues. The ineffective portion of hedges recorded was a gain of $2.4 million in 2001 and losses of $2.7 million in 2002 and $1.2 million in 2003.

     In 2003, a 10% reduction in oil and gas prices, excluding amounts fixed through hedging transactions, would have reduced revenue by $28.6 million. If oil and gas futures prices at December 31, 2003 had declined by 10%, the unrealized hedging loss at that date would have decreased $35.9 million.

Interest Rate Risk

     At December 31, 2003, the Company had $358.2 million of debt outstanding. Of this amount, $110.0 million bears interest at fixed rates averaging 7.2%. Senior debt and non-recourse debt totaling $248.2 million bears interest at floating rates, excluding interest rate swaps, which averaged 3.1% at that date. At December 31, 2003, Great Lakes had interest rate swap agreements totaling $110.0 million, 50% of which is consolidated by Range. These swaps consist of two agreements totaling $45.0 million at 7.1% which expire in May 2004, two agreements totaling $20.0 million at 2.3% which expire in December 2004, one agreement for $10.0 million at 1.4% which expires in June 2005 and two agreements totaling $35.0 million at 1.8% which expire in June 2006. On December 31, 2003, the 30-day LIBOR rate was 1.1%. A 1% increase in short-term interest rates on the floating-rate debt outstanding (net of amounts fixed through hedging transactions) at December 31, 2003 would cost the Company approximately $1.9 million in additional annual interest, net of swaps.

40


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     Reference is made to the Index to Financial Statements on page 54 for a list of financial statements and notes thereto and supplementary schedules. Schedules I, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII and XIII have been omitted as not required or not applicable, or because the information required to be presented is included in the financial statements and related notes.

ITEM 9. CHANGE IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     As more fully disclosed in our Form 8-K filed by the Company on July 15, 2002, the Company dismissed its auditors Arthur Anderson LLP and appointed KPMG LLP during 2002. In addition, as more fully disclosed in our Form 8-K filed by the Company on April 2, 2003, the Company dismissed its auditor, KPMG LLP and appointed Ernst and Young LLP. There were no disagreements with either of our prior accounting firms prior to their dismissal.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to the Company (including its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in this report. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the Company’s last fiscal quarter that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

41


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

     The officers and directors are listed below with a description of their experience and certain other information. Each director was elected for a one-year term at the 2003 annual stockholders’ meeting. Officers are appointed by the Board.

             
        Office    
        Held    
    Age   Since   Position
   
 
 
Charles L. Blackburn   76   2003   Chairman of the Board
John H. Pinkerton   49   1990   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Robert E. Aikman   72   1990   Director
Anthony V. Dub   54   1995   Director
V. Richard Eales   67   2001   Director
Allen Finkelson   57   1994   Director
Jonathan S. Linker   55   2002   Director
Jeffrey L. Ventura   46   2003   Executive Vice President – Chief Operating Officer
Roger S. Manny   46   2003   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Herbert A. Newhouse   59   1998   Senior Vice President – Gulf Coast
Chad L. Stephens   48   1990   Senior Vice President – Corporate Development
Rodney L. Waller   54   1999   Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary

     Charles L. Blackburn, was elected as a director in April 2003 and appointed as the non-executive Chairman of the Board. Mr. Blackburn has been retired since 1995. Mr. Blackburn has more than 50 years experience in oil and gas exploration and production serving in several senior executive and board positions. Previously, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Maxus Energy Corporation from 1987 until that company’s sale to YPF Socieded Anonima in 1995. Maxus was the oil and gas producer which remained after Diamond Shamrock Corporation’s spin-off of its refining and marketing operations. Prior thereto, he had served as President of Diamond Shamrock’s exploration and production subsidiary. From 1952 through 1986, Mr. Blackburn was with Shell Oil Company, serving as its Executive Vice President and Director of Exploration and Production for the final ten years of that period. Mr. Blackburn has previously served on the Boards of Anderson Clayton and Co. (1978-1986), King Ranch Corp. (1987-1988), Penrod Drilling Co. (1988-1991), Landmark Graphics Corp. (1992-1996), and Lone Star Technologies, Inc. (1991-2001). Currently, Mr. Blackburn is a director of Sepradyne, an environmental cleanup company, and serves as an advisory director to the oil and gas loan committee of Guaranty Bank. Mr. Blackburn received his Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering Physics from the University of Oklahoma.

     John H. Pinkerton, President, Chief Executive Officer and a director, became a director in 1988. He joined the Company, as President in 1990 and was appointed Chief Executive Officer in 1992. Previously, Mr. Pinkerton was Senior Vice President of Snyder Oil Corporation (“SOCO”). Prior to joining SOCO in 1980, Mr. Pinkerton was with Arthur Andersen & Co. Mr. Pinkerton received his Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration from Texas Christian University and his Master of Arts in Business Administration from the University of Texas.

     Robert E. Aikman became a director in 1990. Mr. Aikman has more than 50 years experience in oil and gas exploration and production throughout the United States and Canada. From 1984 to 1994, he was Chairman of the Board of Energy Resources Corporation. From 1979 through 1984, he was the President and principal shareholder of Aikman Petroleum, Inc. From 1971 to 1977, he was President of Dorchester Exploration Inc. and from 1971 to 1980, he was a director and a member of the Executive Committee of Dorchester Gas Corporation. Since 1998, Mr. Aikman has been Chairman of WhamTech, Inc, an information technology company, and is also President of The Hawthorne Company, an entity which organizes joint ventures and provides advisory services for the acquisition of oil and gas properties and the restructuring, reorganization and/or sale of oil and gas companies. In addition, Mr. Aikman is a director of the Panhandle Producers and Royalty Owners Association and a member of the Independent Petroleum Association of America and American Association of Petroleum Landmen. Mr. Aikman received a Bachelor of Arts/Sciences from the University of Oklahoma.

     Anthony V. Dub became a director in 1995. Mr. Dub is Chairman of Indigo Capital, LLC, a financial advisory firm based in New York. Prior to forming Indigo Capital in 1997, he served as an officer of Credit Suisse First Boston (“CSFB”). Mr. Dub joined CSFB in 1971 and was named a Managing Director in 1981. Mr. Dub led a number of departments during his 27

42


Table of Contents

year career at CSFB including the Investment Banking Department. Mr. Dub is also Vice Chairman and a director of Capital IQ, Inc (“CIQ”). CIQ is the leader in helping organizations capitalize on synergistic integration of market intelligence, institutional knowledge and relationships; it provides solutions to investment banks, investment managers, private equity funds, corporations and professional service providers. Mr. Dub received a Bachelor of Arts, magna cum laude, from Princeton University.

     Allen Finkelson became a director in 1994. Mr. Finkelson has been a partner at Cravath, Swaine & Moore since 1977, with the exception of the period 1983 through 1985, when he was a managing director of Lehman Brothers Kuhn Loeb Incorporated. Mr. Finkelson joined Cravath, Swaine & Moore in 1971. Mr. Finkelson earned a Bachelor of Arts from St. Lawrence University and a J.D. from Columbia University School of Law.

     V. Richard Eales became a director in 2001. Mr. Eales has over 35 years of experience in the energy, high technology and financial industries. He is currently retired, having been a financial consultant serving energy and information technology businesses from 1999 through 2002. Mr. Eales was employed by Union Pacific Resources Group Inc. from 1991 to 1999 serving as Executive Vice President from 1995 through 1999. Prior to 1991, Mr. Eales served in various financial capacities with Butcher & Singer and Janney Montgomery Scott, investment banking firms, as CFO of Novell, Inc., a technology company, and in the treasury department of Mobil Oil Corporation. Mr. Eales received his Bachelor of Chemical Engineering from Cornell University and his Masters in Business Administration from Stanford University.

     Jonathan S. Linker became a director in 2002. Mr. Linker previously served as a director of the Company from August 1998 until October 2000. He has been active in the energy business since 1972. Mr. Linker began working with First Reserve Corporation, in 1988 and was a Managing Director of the firm from 1996 until July 2001. Mr. Linker is currently an energy consultant. Mr. Linker has been President and a director of IDC Energy Corporation since 1987, a director and officer of Sunset Production Corporation since 1991 serving currently as Chairman, and Manager of Shelby Resources Inc., a small, privately-owned exploration and production company. He is a director of First Wave Marine, Inc. a private company providing shipyard and related services in the Houston-Galveston area. Mr. Linker received a Bachelor of Arts in Geology from Amherst College, a Masters in Geology from Harvard University and a MBA from Harvard University’s Graduate School of Business Administration.

     Jeffrey L. Ventura, Executive Vice President-Chief Operating Officer, joined the Company in July 2003. Previously, Mr. Ventura served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Matador Petroleum Corporation which he joined in 1997. Prior to 1997, Mr. Ventura spent eight years at Maxus Energy Corporation where he managed various engineering, exploration and development operations and was responsible for coordination of engineering technology. Previously, Mr. Ventura was with Tenneco, where he held various engineering and operating positions. Mr. Ventura holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering from the Pennsylvania State University.

     Roger S. Manny, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, joined the Company in October 2003. Previously, Mr. Manny served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Matador Petroleum Corporation since 1998. Prior to 1998, Mr. Manny spent 18 years at Bank of America and its predecessors where he served as Senior Vice President in the energy group. Mr. Manny holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Houston and a Masters of Business Administration from Houston Baptist University.

     Herbert A. Newhouse, Senior Vice President - Gulf Coast, joined the Company in 1998. Mr. Newhouse had held the position of Senior Vice President - Gulf Coast since joining the Company. Prior to joining Range, Mr. Newhouse served as Executive Vice President of Domain Energy Corporation and as a Vice President of Tenneco Ventures Corporation. Mr. Newhouse was an employee of Tenneco for over 17 years and has over 30 years of operational and managerial experience in the oil industry. Mr. Newhouse received a Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering from Ohio State University.

     Chad L. Stephens, Senior Vice President - Corporate Development, joined the Company in 1990. Prior to 2002, Mr. Stephens held the position of Senior Vice President-Southwest. Previously, Mr. Stephens was with Duer Wagner & Co., an independent oil and gas producer for approximately two years. Prior to that, Mr. Stephens was an independent oil operator in Midland, Texas for four years. From 1979 to 1984, Mr. Stephens was with Cities Service Company and HNG Oil Company. Mr. Stephens received a Bachelor of Arts in Finance and Land Management from the University of Texas.

     Rodney L. Waller, Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary, joined the Company in 1999. Since joining the Company, Mr. Waller has held the position of Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary. Previously, Mr. Waller was Senior Vice President of SOCO, now part of Devon Energy Corporation. Before joining SOCO, Mr. Waller was with Arthur Andersen. Mr. Waller is a certified public accountant and petroleum land man. Mr. Waller received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Accounting from Harding University.

43


Table of Contents

     Code of Ethics. The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to the Company’s principal executive officers, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The Company has filed a copy of this Code of Ethics as Exhibit 14.1 to this Form 10-K.

Board of Directors Committees

  The Board has established five committees to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities.

     Governance and Nominating Committee. The Governance and Nominating Committee reviews background information on candidates for the Board of Directors and makes recommendations to the Board regarding such candidates. The committee is responsible for developing governance guidelines, overseeing compliance with such guidelines and reviewing the effectiveness of the Board and its committees at least annually. The members of the Governance and Nominating Committee are Messrs. Aikman, Finkelson and Linker. All of the members of the governance and nominating committee have been deemed independent by the Board in accordance with SEC regulations.

     Audit Committee. The Audit Committee engages the Company’s independent public accountants and reviews their professional services and the independence of such accountants. This Committee also reviews the scope of the audit coverage, internal audit function, the annual financial statements and such other matters with respect to the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices and procedures as it may find appropriate or as have been brought to its attention. Messrs. Dub, Eales and Linker are the members of the Audit Committee. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Eales is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. All of the audit committee members have been deemed independent by the Board in accordance with SEC regulations.

     Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves officers’ salaries and administers the bonus, incentive compensation and stock option plans. The Committee advises and consults with management regarding benefits and significant compensation policies and practices. This Committee also considers candidates for officer positions. The members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Aikman, Blackburn and Finkelson. All of the compensation committee members have been deemed independent by the Board in accordance with SEC regulations.

     Executive Committee. The Executive Committee reviews and authorizes actions required in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, which would otherwise be determined by the Board, when it is not practicable to convene the Board. The members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Blackburn, Finkelson and Pinkerton.

     Dividend Committee. The Dividend Committee is directed to approve payment of dividends. The members of the Dividend Committee are Messrs. Blackburn and Pinkerton.

ITEM 11. COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     Information with respect to executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement.

44


Table of Contents

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement.

                         
    Number of Securities           Number of securities
    to be issued upon   Weighted average   authorized for future
    exercise of outstanding   exercise price of   issuance under equity
    options   outstanding options   compensation plans
   
 
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(a)(b)
    3,831,135     $ 5.00       5,107,437  
 
   
     
     
 

(a)   Although the Company does not maintain a formal plan, common stock is issued to officers and key employees in lieu of cash for bonuses and company matches under the Company’s deferred compensation arrangements as elected by employees. All such issuances are approved by the Compensation Committee, which is composed of three independent directors. Issuances to certain named employees are disclosed in the Company’s proxy statements.
 
(b)   There are no equity compensation plans that have not been approved by security holders.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     None

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     Information with respect to audit fees is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 16(a). BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

     Information with respect to Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2004 Proxy Statement.

45


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

          (a) Documents filed as part of the report.

  1.   Financial Statements
 
      Financial Statements filed as part of this report are included in Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary data.
 
  2.   Financial Statements Schedules and Supplementary Data.
 
      All other schedules have been omitted since information is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule or because the information required is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
  3.   Exhibits.
 
  The following documents are filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this report.
     
Exhibit No.   Description

 
2.1   Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 13, 2003, by and between Wagner & Brown, Ltd, Canyon Energy Partners, Ltd, and Intercon Gas, Inc., as sellers and Range Production I, L.P. as purchaser. Certain of the Schedules identified in the Table of Contents of the Purchase and Sale Agreement have been omitted. Range Resources Corporation (the “Company”) agrees to furnish supplementally to the Commission on request a copy of any omitted schedules to the Purchase and Sale Agreement incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on January 5, 2004)
     
3.1.1.   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lomak Petroleum, Inc. (“Lomak”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Company’s Form S-4 (File No. 33-108516)) as filed with the SEC on September 4, 2003)
     
3.1.2.   Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation dated June 20, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.11 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
     
3.1.3.   Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Lomak dated August 25, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-62439) as filed with the SEC on August 28, 1998)
     
3.1.4.   Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated May 24, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.12 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2003)
     
3.1.5.   Certificate of Correction to Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.5 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on November 5, 2003)
     
3.1.6.    Certificate of Correction to Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.6 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on November 5, 2003)
     
3.2*   Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company dated December 5, 2003
     
4.1.1   Form of 6% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2007 (contained as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.1.2 hereto)
     
4.1.2   Indenture dated December 20, 1996 by and between Lomak and Keycorp Shareholder Services, Inc., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1)(a) to Lomak’s Form S-3 (File No. 333-23955) as filed with the SEC on March 25, 1997)
     
4.1.3   Form of 7-3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (contained as an exhibit 4.1.4 hereto)
     
4.1.4   Indenture dated July 21, 2003 by and among the Company, as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein), as guarantors, and Bank One, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)

46


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description

 
4.1.5   Registration Rights Agreement dated July 21, 2003 by and between the Company and UBS Securities LLC, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc., and McDonald Investments Inc., (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
     
4.3   Certification of Designation of the 5.90% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on November 5, 2003)
     
10.1   Form of Directors and Officers Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 (11) to Lomak’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 on Form S-4 to Form S-1 (File No. 333-47544) as filed with the SEC on January 18, 1994)
     
10.2.1   Application Service Provider and Outsourcing Agreement dated June 1, 2000 by and between Applied Terravision Systems, Inc. and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 8, 2000)
     
10.2.2   Addendum to the certain Application Service Provider and Outstanding Agreement dated June 1, 2000 by and between Applied Terravision Systems, Inc. predecessor to CGI Information Systems & Management Systems, Inc. and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
     
10.3   Consulting Agreement dated May 21, 2003 by and between the Company and Thomas J. Edelman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
     
10.4.1   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 2, 2002 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2002)
     
10.4.2   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 27, 2002 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on March 5, 2003)
     
10.4.3   Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated January 24, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint-Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2003)
     
10.4.4   Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 1, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2003)
     
10.4.5   Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 15, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Securities, Inc, as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.5 to the Company’s Form S-4 (File No. 333-108516) as filed with the SEC on September 4, 2003)
     
10.4.6   Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated September 4, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent,

47


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description

 
    JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on November 5, 2003)
     
10.4.7*   Sixth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated October 1, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner
     
10.4.8*   Seventh Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 23, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, N.A., the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Bank One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner
     
10.5.1   Restated Credit Agreement dated May 3, 2002 by and among Great Lakes Energy Partners, L.L.C. (“Great Lakes”), Bank One, NA, JPMorgan Chase Bank, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Bank of Scotland, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, Fortis Capital Corp., The Frost National Bank, Union Bank of California, N.A., each Lender (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Documentation Agent and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Managing Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
     
10.5.2   First Amendment to Restated Credit Agreement dated April 1, 2003 by and among Great Lakes, Bank One, NA, JPMorgan Chase Bank, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Bank of Scotland, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, Fortis Capital Corp., The Frost National Bank, Union Bank of California, N.A., Comerica Bank-Texas, Natexis Banques Populaires, each Lender (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co-Documentation Agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Co-Documentation Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
     
10.6   Amended and Restated Range Resources Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Select Employees effective September 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Form 10-K (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on March 6, 2001)
     
10.7.1   Lomak 1989 Stock Option Plan dated March 13, 1989 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(d) to Lomak’s Form S-1 (File No. 33-31558) as filed with the SEC on October 13, 1989)
     
10.7.2   Amendment to the Lomak 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Lomak’s Form S-8 (File No.333-10719) as filed with the SEC on August 23, 1996)
     
10.7.3   Amendment to the Lomak 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Lomak’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-44821) as filed with the SEC on January 23, 1998)
     
10.8.1   Lomak 1994 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Lomak’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-10719) as filed with the SEC on August 23, 1996)
     
10.8.2   First Amendment to the Lomak 1994 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan dated June 8, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
     
10.8.3   Second Amendment to the Lomak 1994 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan dated August 21, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
     
10.8.4   Third Amendment to the Lomak 1994 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan dated June 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
     
10.8.5   Fourth Amendment to the Company’s 1994 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan dated May 24, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
     
10.9   Second Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of Domain Energy Corporation and Affiliates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-62439) as filed with the SEC on August 28, 1998)

48


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description

 
10.10.1   Lomak 1997 Stock Purchase Plan, as amended, dated June 19, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(1) to Lomak’s Form 10-K (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on March 20, 1998)
     
10.10.2   First Amendment to the Lomak 1997 Stock Purchase Plan dated May 26, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
     
10.10.3   Second Amendment to the Lomak 1997 Stock Purchase Plan dated September 28, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
     
10.10.4   Third Amendment to the Company’s 1997 Stock Purchase Plan dated May 24, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
     
10.10.5   Fourth Amendment to the Company’s 1997 Stock Purchase Plan dated May 24, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-63764) as filed with the SEC on June 25, 2001)
     
10.11   Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan (as amended May 21, 2003) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-105895) as filed with the SEC on June 6, 2003)
     
10.12   Range Resources Corporation 401(k) Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Form S-4 (File No. 333-108516) as filed with the SEC on September 4, 2003)
     
10.13   Range Resources Corporation Amended and Restated Change in Control Plan dated September 15, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Form S-4 (File No. 333-108516, as filed with the SEC on September 4, 2003)
     
14.1*   Code of Ethics
     
21.1*   Subsidiaries of Registrant
     
23.1*   Consent of Independent Public Accountants
     
23.2*   Consent of Independent Public Accountants
     
23.3*   Consent of Independent Public Accountants
     
23.4*   Consent of H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc., independent consulting engineers
     
23.5*   Consent of DeGoyler and MacNaughton, independent consulting engineers
     
23.6*   Consent of Wright and Company, independent consulting engineers
     
31.1*   Certification by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     
31.2*   Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     
32.1*   Certification by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     
32.2*   Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     
99*   Audit Committee Charter


* Filed herewith.

  (b)   Reports on Form 8-K.

      On October 3, 2003, the Company filed a current report on Form 8-K, pursuant to Item 9 of Form 8-K, furnishing the Company’s press release announcing its debt information as of September 30, 2003.
 
      On October 21, 2003, the Company filed a current report on Form 8-K, pursuant to Item 9 of Form 8-K, furnishing the Company’s press release announcing third quarter of 2003 production volumes, borrowing base status and other operational information.
 
      On November 6, 2003, the Company filed a current report on Form 8-K, pursuant to Item 9 of Form 8-K, furnishing the Company’s press release announcing its third quarter of 2003 results.

  (c)   Exhibits required to be filed pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K are contained in Exhibits listed in response to Item 15 (a)3, and are incorporated herein by reference
 
  (d)   The required financial statements and financial schedules are filed as part of this report.

49


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: March 2, 2004

         
    RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION
         
    By:   /s/ John H. Pinkerton
       
        John H. Pinkerton
        President and Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

         
/s/ Charles L. Blackburn

Charles L. Blackburn
  Chairman of the Board   March 2, 2004
 
/s/ John H. Pinkerton

John H. Pinkerton
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   March 2, 2004
 
/s/ Roger S. Manny

Roger S. Manny
  Chief Financial and Accounting Officer   March 2, 2004
 
/s/ Robert E. Aikman

Robert E. Aikman
  Director   March 2, 2004
 
/s/ Anthony V. Dub

Anthony V. Dub
  Director   March 2, 2004
 
/s/ V. Richard Eales

V. Richard Eales
  Director   March 2, 2004
 
/s/ Allen Finkelson

Allen Finkelson
  Director   March 2, 2004
 
/s/ Jonathan S. Linker

Jonathan S. Linker
  Director   March 2, 2004

50


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

The terms defined in this glossary are used in this report.

bbl. One stock tank barrel, or 42 U.S. gallons liquid volume, used herein in reference to crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.

Bcf. One billion cubic feet.

Bcfe. One billion cubic feet of natural gas equivalents, based on a ratio of 6 mcf for each barrel of oil or NGL, which reflects the relative energy content.

Senior credit facility. Range Resource’s $225 million revolving bank facility.

development well. A well drilled within the proved area of an oil or natural gas reservoir to the depth of a stratigraphic horizon known to be productive.

dry hole. A well found to be incapable of producing oil or natural gas in sufficient economic quantities.

exploratory well. A well drilled to find oil or gas in an unproved area, to find a new reservoir in an existing field or to extend a known reservoir.

gross acres or gross wells. The total acres or wells, as the case may be, in which a working interest is owned.

infill well. A well drilled between known producing wells to better exploit the reservoir.

LIBOR. London Interbank Offer Rate, the rate of interest at which banks offer to lend to one another in the wholesale money markets in the City of London. This rate is a yardstick for lenders involved in many high value transactions.

Mbbl. One thousand barrels of crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.

mcf. One thousand cubic feet of gas.

mcf per day. One thousand cubic feet of gas per day.

mcfe. One thousand cubic feet of natural gas equivalents, based on a ratio of 6 mcf for each barrel of oil or NGL, which reflects relative energy content.

Mmbbl. One million barrels of crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.

Mmbtu. One million British thermal units. A British thermal unit is the heat required to raise the temperature of one-pound of water from 58.5 to 59.5 degrees Fahrenheit.

Mmcf. One million cubic feet of gas.

Mmcfe. One million cubic feet of gas equivalents.

NGLs. Natural gas liquids.

net acres or net wells. The sum of the fractional working interests owned in gross acres or gross wells.

Present Value (PV). The present value, discounted at 10%, of future net cash flows from estimated proved reserves, using constant prices and costs in effect on the date of the report (unless such prices or costs are subject to change pursuant to contractual provisions).

productive well. A well that is producing oil or gas or that is capable of production.

proved developed non-producing reserves. Reserves that consist of (i) proved reserves from wells which have been completed and tested but are not producing due to lack of market or minor completion problems which are expected to be corrected and

51


Table of Contents

(ii)  proved reserves currently behind the pipe in existing wells and which are expected to be productive due to both the well log characteristics and analogous production in the immediate vicinity of the wells.

proved developed producing reserves. Proved reserves that can be expected to be recovered from currently producing zones under the continuation of present operating methods.

proved developed reserves. Proved reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods.

proved reserves. The estimated quantities of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids which geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions.

proved undeveloped reserves. Proved reserves that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage, or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion.

recompletion. The completion for production of another formation in an existing well bore.

reserve life index. Proved reserves at a point in time divided by the then annual production rate.

royalty interest. An interest in an oil and gas property entitling the owner to a share of oil and natural gas production free of costs of production.

Standardized Measure. The present value, discounted at 10%, of future net cash flows from estimated proved reserves after income taxes, calculated holding prices and costs constant at amounts in effect on the date of the report (unless such prices or costs are subject to change pursuant to contractual provisions) and otherwise in accordance with the Commission’s rules for inclusion of oil and gas reserve information in financial statements filed with the Commission.

term overriding royalty. A royalty interest that is carved out of the operating or working interest in a well. Its term does not necessarily extend to the economic life of the property and may be of shorter duration than the underlying working interest. The term overriding royalties in which the Company participates through Independent Producer Finance typically extend until amounts financed and a designated rate of return have been achieved. If such point in time is reached, the override interest reverts back to the working interest owner.

working interest. The operating interest that gives the owner the right to drill, produce and conduct operating activities on the property and a share of production, subject to all royalties, overriding royalties and other burdens, and to all costs of exploration, development and operations, and all risks in connection therewith.

52


Table of Contents

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

(Item 15[a], [d])

         
    Page
    Number
   
Report of Independent Accountants
    54  
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003 and 2002
    57  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
    58  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
    59  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
    60  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
    61  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    62  

53


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Range Resources Corporation:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Range Resources Corporation (and subsidiaries) as of December 31, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, based on our audit, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Range Resources Corporation (and subsidiaries) at December 31, 2003, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

     As discussed in Note 4, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, on January 1, 2003.

  ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Fort Worth, Texas
February 26, 2004

54


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Range Resources Corporation:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Range Resources Corporation as of December 31, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2002. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Range Resources Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of Great Lakes Energy Partners L.L.C., a fifty percent owned consolidated subsidiary (see Note 2) as of December 31, 2002 and for the year then ended, which statements reflect total assets constituting 32 percent and total revenues constituting 27 percent in 2002 of the related consolidated totals. These statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included in Great Lakes Energy Partners L.L.C. for the year ended December 31, 2002, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Range Resources Corporation as of December 31, 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

     As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, effective January 1, 2001, the Company changed their method of accounting for derivative financial instruments and hedging activities.

  KPMG LLP

Dallas, Texas
March 4, 2003

55


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To The Management Committee of
Great Lakes Energy Partners, L.L.C.

     We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of Great Lakes Energy Partners, L.L.C. and subsidiaries, (A Delaware limited liability company) (the Company) as of December 31, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, members’ equity, accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented separately herein). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Great Lakes Energy Partners, L.L.C. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

  ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
January 31, 2003

56


Table of Contents

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)

                       
          December 31,
         
          2003   2002
         
 
     
Assets
               
Current assets
               
 
Cash and equivalents
  $ 631     $ 1,334  
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance, for doubtful accounts of $1,042 and $961 as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively
    37,745       26,832  
 
IPF receivables, net (Note 2)
    4,400       6,100  
 
Unrealized derivative gain (Note 7)
    116       4  
 
Deferred tax asset
    19,871       13,265  
 
Inventory and other
    3,329       3,084  
 
   
     
 
 
    66,092       50,619  
 
   
     
 
IPF receivables, net (Note 2)
    8,193       18,351  
Unrealized derivative gain (Note 7)
    250       13  
Oil and gas properties, successful efforts method (Note 16)
    1,362,811       1,154,549  
 
Accumulated depletion
    (639,429 )     (590,143 )
 
   
     
 
 
    723,382       564,406  
 
   
     
 
Transportation and field assets (Note 2)
    41,218       34,143  
 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (18,912 )     (16,071 )
 
   
     
 
 
    22,306       18,072  
 
   
     
 
Deferred tax asset, net ( Note 13)
          2,520  
Other (Note 2)
    9,868       4,503  
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 830,091     $ 658,484  
 
 
   
     
 
   
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
               
Current liabilities
               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 32,105     $ 27,044  
 
Asset retirement obligation (Note 4)
    5,814        
 
Accrued liabilities
    10,768       9,678  
 
Accrued interest
    3,932       4,449  
 
Unrealized derivative loss (Note 7)
    54,345       26,035  
 
 
   
     
 
 
    106,964       67,206  
 
   
     
 
Senior debt (Note 6)
    178,200       115,800  
Non-recourse debt (Note 6)
    70,000       76,500  
Subordinated notes (Note 6)
    109,980       90,901  
Trust preferred – manditorily redeemable securities of subsidiary (Note 6)
          84,840  
Deferred tax, net (Note 13)
    10,843        
Unrealized derivative loss (Note 7)
    17,027       9,079  
Deferred compensation liability (Note 11)
    16,981       8,049  
Asset retirement obligation (Note 4)
    46,030        
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
               
Stockholders’ equity (Notes 5, 9 and 10)
               
 
Preferred stock, $1 par, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 5.9% cumulative convertible preferred stock 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003, entitled in liquidation to $50.0 million
    50,000        
 
Common stock, $.01 par, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 56,409,791 and 54,991,611 issued and outstanding, respectively
    564       550  
 
Capital in excess of par value
    399,662       391,082  
 
Retained earnings (deficit)
    (124,011 )     (158,059 )
 
Stock held by employee benefit trust, 1,671,386 and 1,324,537 shares, respectively, at cost (Note 11)
    (8,441 )     (6,188 )
 
Deferred compensation expense
    (856 )     (125 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (Note 2)
    (42,852 )     (21,151 )
 
   
     
 
 
    274,066       206,109  
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 830,091     $ 658,484  
 
 
   
     
 

See accompanying notes.

57


Table of Contents

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)

                             
        Year Ended December 31,
       
        2003   2002   2001
       
 
 
Revenues
                       
 
Oil and gas sales
  $ 226,402     $ 190,954     $ 208,854  
 
Transportation and gathering
    3,509       3,495       3,435  
 
IPF income (Note 2)
    1,547       3,789       6,646  
 
Gain on retirement of securities (Note 18)
    18,991       3,098       3,951  
 
Other
    (1,252 )     (2,900 )     490  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    249,197       198,436       223,376  
 
   
     
     
 
Expenses
                       
 
Direct operating
    36,423       31,869       34,884  
 
Production and ad valorem taxes
    12,894       8,574       8,546  
 
IPF
    2,965       6,847       3,761  
 
Exploration
    13,946       11,525       5,879  
 
General and administrative (Note 11)
    24,377       17,240       12,212  
 
Interest expense and dividends on trust preferred
    22,165       23,153       32,179  
 
Debt conversion expense
    465              
 
Depletion, depreciation and amortization
    86,549       76,820       77,573  
 
Provision for impairment (Note 2)
                31,085  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    199,784       176,028       206,119  
 
   
     
     
 
Income before income taxes and accounting change
    49,413       22,408       17,257  
Income tax (benefit) (Note 13)
                       
 
Current
    170       (4 )     (406 )
 
Deferred
    18,319       (3,354 )      
 
   
     
     
 
 
    18,489       (3,358 )     (406 )
 
   
     
     
 
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    30,924       25,766       17,663  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes (Note 4)
    4,491              
 
   
     
     
 
Net income
    35,415       25,766       17,663  
 
Gain on retirement of preferred stock
                556  
 
Preferred dividends
    (803 )           (10 )
 
   
     
     
 
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 34,612     $ 25,766     $ 18,209  
 
   
     
     
 
Earnings per common share (Note 14):
                       
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 0.56     $ 0.49     $ 0.36  
   
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    0.08              
 
   
     
     
 
Net income per common share
  $ 0.64     $ 0.49     $ 0.36  
 
   
     
     
 
Earnings per common share – assuming dilution
  $ 0.53     $ 0.47     $ 0.36  
   
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    0.08              
 
   
     
     
 
Net income per common share – assuming dilution
  $ 0.61     $ 0.47     $ 0.36  
 
   
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

58


Table of Contents

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

                                 
            Year Ended December 31,
           
            2003   2002   2001
           
 
 
Cash flow from operations
                       
 
Net income
  $ 35,415     $ 25,766     $ 17,663  
     
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:
                       
     
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
    18,319       (3,353 )      
     
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net
    (4,491 )            
     
Depletion, depreciation and amortization
    86,549       76,820       77,573  
     
Exploration expenses
    3,576       5,280       974  
     
Write-down of marketable securities
          1,220       1,715  
     
Unrealized hedging (gains) losses
    679       3,005       (1,019 )
     
Provision for impairment
                31,085  
     
Allowance for bad debts
    399       150       2,040  
     
Allowance for IPF receivables
    1,739       4,240       122  
     
Amortization of deferred issuance costs and discount
    1,207       899       1,961  
     
Debt conversion and extinguishment expense
    465              
     
Deferred compensation adjustments
    6,867       2,506       (1,234 )
     
Gain on retirement of securities and other
    (19,634 )     (3,125 )     (4,004 )
     
(Gain) loss on sale of assets and other
    217       (161 )     (689 )
     
Changes in working capital
                       
       
Accounts receivable
    (11,530 )     (2,685 )     5,540  
       
Inventory and other
    501       (893 )     226  
       
Accounts payable
    2,982       3,364       548  
       
Accrued liabilities and other
    2,217       1,439       (1,929 )
 
 
   
     
     
 
       
   Net cash provided by operations
    125,477       114,472       130,572  
 
   
     
     
 
Cash flow from investing
                       
   
Oil and gas properties
    (91,985 )     (92,556 )     (78,517 )
   
Field service assets
    (2,618 )     (2,815 )     (2,331 )
   
Acquisitions
    (103,869 )     (21,790 )     (9,491 )
   
IPF investments
    (1,818 )     (5,106 )     (11,629 )
   
IPF repayments
    12,126       17,321       19,034  
   
Asset sales
    529       996       3,771  
 
   
     
     
 
       
   Net cash used in investing
    (187,635 )     (103,950 )     (79,163 )
 
   
     
     
 
Cash flow from financing
                       
     
Borrowings on credit facilities
    318,700       173,400       210,600  
     
Repayments on credit facilities
    (262,800 )     (174,900 )     (219,700 )
     
Issuance of senior notes
    98,272              
     
Other debt repayment
    (92,508 )     (11,087 )     (42,946 )
     
Preferred dividends
    (803 )           (10 )
     
Debt issuance costs
    (2,183 )     (985 )      
     
Issuance of common stock
    2,777       1,004       1,488  
     
Repurchase of preferred stock
                (73 )
 
   
     
     
 
       
   Net cash provided by (used in) financing
    61,455       (12,568 )     (50,641 )
 
   
     
     
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (703 )     (2,046 )     768  
Cash and equivalents, beginning of year
    1,334       3,380       2,612  
 
   
     
     
 
Cash and equivalents, end of year
  $ 631     $ 1,334     $ 3,380  
 
   
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

59


Table of Contents

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)

                                           
      Preferred Stock   Common Stock        
     
 
  Capital in
              Par           Par   Excess of
      Shares   Value   Shares   Value   Par Value
     
 
 
 
 
Balance December 31, 2000
    220     $ 220       49,188     $ 492     $ 364,925  
 
Preferred dividends
($1.97 per share)
                             
 
Issuance of common
                858       8       4,030  
 
Conversion of securities
    (220 )     (220 )     2,597       26       9,471  
 
Other comprehensive income
                             
 
Net income
                             
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Balance December 31, 2001
                52,643       526       378,426  
 
Issuance of common
                717       7       4,313  
 
Conversion of securities
                1,632       17       8,343  
 
Other comprehensive income
                             
 
Net income
                             
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Balance December 31, 2002
                54,992       550       391,082  
 
Issuance of preferred
    1,000       50,000                    
 
Preferred dividends
($0.80 per share)
                             
 
Issuance of common
                1,289       13       7,211  
 
Common dividends
($0.01 per share)
                             
 
Conversion of securities
                129       1       1,369  
 
Other comprehensive income
                             
 
Net income
                             
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Balance December 31, 2003
    1,000     $ 50,000       56,410     $ 564     $ 399,662  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

[Additional columns below]

[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]

                                                   
                  Accumulated                    
      Retained   Stock held   Deferred   Other                    
      Earnings   by Employee   Compensation   Comprehensive                
      (Deficit)   Benefit Trust   Expense   Income   Total        
     
 
 
 
 
       
Balance December 31, 2000
  $ (201,478 )   $ (3,496 )   $ (80 )   $ (639 )   $ 159,944          
 
Preferred dividends
($1.97 per share)
    (10 )                       (10 )        
 
Issuance of common
          (1,394 )     (59 )           2,585          
 
Conversion of securities
                            9,277          
 
Other comprehensive income
                      46,162       46,162          
 
Net income
    17,663                         17,663          
 
   
     
     
     
     
         
Balance December 31, 2001
    (183,825 )     (4,890 )     (139 )     45,523       235,621          
 
Issuance of common
          (1,298 )     14             3,036          
 
Conversion of securities
                            8,360          
 
Other comprehensive income
                      (66,674 )     (66,674 )        
 
Net income
    25,766                           25,766          
 
   
     
     
     
     
         
Balance December 31, 2002
    (158,059 )     (6,188 )     (125 )     (21,151 )     206,109          
 
Issuance of preferred
                            50,000          
 
Preferred dividends
($0.80 per share)
    (803 )                       (803 )        
 
Issuance of common
          (2,253 )     (731 )           4,240          
 
Common dividends
($0.01 per share)
    (564 )                       (564 )        
 
Conversion of securities
                            1,370          
 
Other comprehensive income
                      (21,701 )     (21,701 )        
 
Net income
    35,415                         35,415          
 
   
     
     
     
     
         
Balance December 31, 2003
  $ (124,011 )   $ (8,441 )   $ (856 )   $ (42,852 )   $ 274,066          
 
   
     
     
     
     
         

See accompanying notes.

60


Table of Contents

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (IN THOUSANDS)
INCOME (LOSS)

                             
        Year Ended December 31,
       
        2003   2002   2001
       
 
 
                (in thousands)        
Net income
  $ 35,415     $ 25,766     $ 17,663  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
 
Net deferred hedge gains (losses), net of tax:
                       
   
Transition adjustment
                (72,100 )
   
Net hedging gains (losses) included in net income
    (38,069 )     11,563       (6,194 )
   
Change in unrealized deferred hedging gains (losses)
    16,181       (77,800 )     122,853  
   
Defaulted hedge contracts
    187       (437 )     672  
 
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities
                    931  
 
   
     
     
 
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 13,714     $ (40,908 )   $ 63,825  
 
   
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

61


Table of Contents

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1)   ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

     Range Resources Corporation (the “Company” or “Range”) is engaged in the exploration, development and acquisition of oil and gas properties primarily in the Southwestern, Gulf Coast and Appalachian regions of the United States. The Company seeks to increase its reserves and production primarily through drilling and complementary acquisitions. The Company holds its Appalachian oil and gas assets through a 50% owned joint venture, Great Lakes Energy Partners L.L.C. (“Great Lakes”). Range is a Delaware corporation whose common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange.

(2)   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, wholly-owned subsidiaries and a 50% pro rata share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of Great Lakes. Liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less are considered cash equivalents. The Company has no off-balance sheet assets or liabilities other than those referred to in the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

     The Company recognizes revenues from the sale of products and services in the period delivered. Payments received at IPF relating to return on investment are recognized as income with the remaining receipts reducing receivables. Although receivables are concentrated in the oil industry, the Company does not view this as unusual credit risk. The Company provides for allowance for doubtful accounts for specific receivables judged unlikely to be collected based on the age of the receivable, the Company’s experience with the debtor, potential offsets to the amount owed and economic conditions. IPF’s receivables are from small independent operators who usually have limited access to capital and the assets which underlie the receivables lack diversification. A decrease in oil and gas prices could cause an increase in IPF’s valuation allowances and a corresponding decrease in income. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, IPF had valuation allowances of $9.6 million and $12.6 million, respectively. The Company had other allowances for doubtful accounts relating to exploration and production of $1.0 million and $961,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Marketable Securities

     Holdings of equity securities qualify as available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value. The Company owns approximately 17% of a small publicly traded independent exploration and production company. Based on its analysis of the securities, the Company determined that the investment had no determinable value at June 30, 2002 and the book value of the investment was fully reserved.

Independent Producer Finance

     IPF acquires dollar denominated overriding royalties in oil and gas properties from small producers. The royalties are accounted for as receivables because the investment is recovered from a percentage of revenues until a specified rate of return is received. Payments received relating to the return are recognized as income with the remaining receipts reducing receivables. Receivables classified as current represent the return of capital expected to be received within 12 months. All receivables are evaluated quarterly and provisions for uncollectible amounts are established based on the Company’s valuation of its royalty interest in the oil and gas properties. Interest is not recognized where the valuation indicates that the entire principal will not be recovered. As of December 31, 2003, receivables for which no valuation allowance existed totaled $6.8 million and the weighted average rate of return on that balance was 17%. During 2003, 2002 and 2001, IPF expenses were comprised of $1.0 million, $1.7 million and $1.8 million of general and administrative costs and $207,000, $937,000 and $1.8 million of interest, respectively. In 2003, 2002 and 2001, IPF recorded a $1.7 million, $4.2 million and $2.0 million increase in the valuation allowance, respectively. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $9.6 million and $12.6 million, respectively.

62


Table of Contents

     The following table describes the activity for the past three years included in the IPF valuation allowance:

                           
      2003   2002   2001
     
 
 
              (in thousands)        
Balance at beginning of year
  $ (12,640 )   $ (12,928 )   $ (10,927 )
 
            (5,317 )     (4,361 )
 
Provisions charged to IPF expenses
    (3,334 )     (5,317 )     (4,361 )
 
Recoveries credited to IPF expenses
    1,595       1,077       2,360  
 
Amounts written off to principal
    4,771       4,528        
 
   
     
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ (9,608 )   $ (12,640 )   $ (12,928 )
 
   
     
     
 

Oil and Gas Properties

     The Company follows the successful efforts method of accounting. Exploratory drilling costs are capitalized pending determination of whether a well is successful. Exploratory wells subsequently determined to be dry holes are charged to expense. Costs resulting in exploratory discoveries and all development costs, whether successful or not, are capitalized. Geological and geophysical costs, delay rentals and unsuccessful exploratory wells are expensed. Depletion is provided on the unit-of-production method. Oil and NGLs are converted to gas equivalent basis (“mcfe”) at the rate of six mcf per barrel. The depletion, depreciation and amortization (“DD&A”) rates were $1.49, $1.40 and $1.39 per mcfe in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Unproved properties had a net book value of $12.2 million, $19.0 million and $25.7 million at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Unproved properties are reviewed quarterly for impairment and reduced to fair value if required.

     The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144 “Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”) on January 1, 2002 and there was no material impact on the Company. The Company’s long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment quarterly for events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable in accordance with SFAS 144. Long-lived assets are reviewed for potential impairments at the lowest levels for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of other groups of assets. The review is done by determining if the historical cost of proved properties less the applicable accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization and abandonment is less than the estimated expected undiscounted future cash flows. The expected future cash flows are estimated based on management’s plans to continue to produce and develop proved reserves. Expected future cash flow from the sale of production of reserves is calculated based on estimated future prices. Management estimates prices based upon market related information including published futures prices. The estimated future level of production is based on assumptions surrounding future levels of prices and costs, field decline rates, market demand and supply, and the economic and regulatory climates. When the carrying value exceeds such cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the estimated fair market value and the carrying value of the assets.

63


Table of Contents

     The following are the proved property values impaired due to declines in gas prices in 2001, based on the analysis of estimated future cash flows (in thousands):

                 
Year Ended           Impairment
December 31,
  Property
  Reason for Impairment
  Amount
2001
  Matagorda Island 519   Decline in gas price   $ 14,001  
 
  Offshore Other   Decline in gas price     3,302  
 
  Gulf Coast Onshore   Decline in gas price     8,542  
 
  Oceana   Decline in gas price     99  
 
           
 
 
 
           Total   $ 25,944  
 
           
 
 

     The following acreage was impaired in 2001 for the reasons indicated (in thousands):

                 
Year Ended           Impairment
December 31,
  Property
  Reason for Impairment
  Amount
2001
  Matagorda Island 519  
Probability of drilling reduced based on current assessment of risk and cost overruns and delays
  $ 1,704  
 
  West Delta 30  
Probability of drilling reduced based on current assessment of risk and cost
    688  
 
  East/West Cameron  
Condemned portion of leasehold through drilling or geologic assessment
    708  
 
  Offshore Other  
Probability of drilling reduced based on current assessment of risk and cost
    1,216  
 
  East Texas   Condemned portion of leasehold through drilling     825  
 
           
 
 
 
           Total   $ 5,141  
 
           
 
 

Transportation and Field Assets

     The Company’s gas transportation and gathering systems are generally located in proximity to certain of its principal fields. Depreciation on these systems is provided on the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of 10 to 15 years. The Company receives third-party income for providing certain transportation and field services which are recognized as earned. Depreciation on the associated assets is calculated on the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives ranging from five to seven years. Buildings are depreciated over 10 to 15 years.

Other Assets

     The expenses of issuing debt are capitalized and included in other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. These costs are generally amortized over the expected life of the related securities. When a security is retired prior to maturity, related unamortized costs are expensed. At December 31, 2003, such deferred financing costs totaled $2.4 million. Other assets at December 31, 2003 include $2.4 million unamortized debt issuance costs, $1.8 million of marketable securities held in the deferred compensation plan, $578,000 of long-term deposits and a $5.1 million receivable related to an insurance claim.

Gas Imbalances

     The Company uses the sales method to account for gas imbalances, recognizing revenue based on cash received rather than gas produced. Gas imbalances at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002 were not significant. At December 31, 2003, the Company has recorded a net liability of $385,000 for those wells where it was determined that there was insufficient reserves to retire gas imbalances.

64


Table of Contents

Stock Options

     The Company applies the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations, in accounting for its fixed plan stock options. As such, compensation expense would be recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price. SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”) established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. As allowed by SFAS 123, the Company has elected to continue to apply the intrinsic value-based method of accounting described above, and has adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123, was amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosures.”

     The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS 123. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for the stock option plans because the exercise prices of employee stock options equals the market prices of the underlying stock on the date of grant. If compensation cost had been determined based on the fair value at the grant date for awards in 2003, 2002 and 2001 consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, the Company’s net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (in thousands, except per share data)
Net income, as reported
  $ 35,415     $ 25,766     $ 17,663  
Plus: Total stock-based employee compensation cost (income) included in net income, net of tax
    4,326       2,149       (44 )
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation determined under fair value based method, net of taxes
  $ (7,193 )   $ (3,069 )   $ (742 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Pro forma net income
  $ 32,548     $ 24,846     $ 16,877  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Earnings per share:
                       
Basic-as reported
  $ 0.64     $ 0.49     $ 0.36  
Basic-pro forma
  $ 0.58     $ 0.47     $ 0.35  
Diluted-as reported
  $ 0.61     $ 0.47     $ 0.36  
Diluted-pro forma
  $ 0.57     $ 0.46     $ 0.34  

     The fair value of each option grant on the date of grant for the disclosures is estimated by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively: fair value of $5.01, $4.89 and $6.50 per share; dividend yields of $0.00 per share; expected volatility factors of 167%, 166% and 70%; risk-free interest rates of 3.2%, 4.9% and 5.0%, and an average expected life of 5 years, 9 years and 6 years.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging

     Beginning in 2001, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 “Accounting for Derivatives” (“SFAS 133”) required that derivatives be recorded on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities at fair value. For derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of any changes in fair value is recognized in stockholders’ equity as other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) and then reclassified to earnings when the transaction is consummated. Changes in the value of the ineffective portion of all open hedges are recognized in earnings quarterly. The Company enters into hedging agreements to reduce the impact of volatile oil and gas prices. On adopting SFAS 133 in January 2001, the Company recorded a $72.1 million net unrealized pre-tax hedging loss on its Consolidated Balance Sheet and an offsetting deficit in OCI. At December 31, 2003, this loss had become $70.6 million for commodity hedges, with an offsetting debit in OCI of $68.5 million. The Company has realized $2.1 million of ineffectiveness related to its commodity hedges. SFAS 133 can greatly increase volatility of earnings and stockholders’ equity of independent oil companies which have active hedging programs such as

65


Table of Contents

Range. Earnings are affected by the ineffective portion of a hedge contract (changes in realized prices that do not match the changes in the hedge price). Ineffective gains or losses are recorded in other revenue while the hedge contract is open and may increase or reverse until settlement of the contract. Stockholders’ equity is affected by the increase or decrease in OCI. Typically, when oil and gas prices increase, OCI decreases. Of the $68.5 million unrealized pre-tax loss at December 31, 2003, $52.0 million of losses will be reclassified to earnings over the next 12 month period and $16.5 million for the periods thereafter, if prices remain constant. Actual amounts that will be reclassified will vary as a result of changes in prices. The Company also enters into swap agreements to reduce the risk of changing interest rates. These agreements generally qualify as cash flow hedges whereby changes in the fair value of the swaps are reflected as an adjustment to OCI to the extent the swaps are effective and are recognized in income as an adjustment to interest expense in the period covered.

Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Depletion of oil and gas properties is determined using estimates of proved oil and gas reserves. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in the estimation of quantities of proved reserves and in the projection of future rates of production and the timing of development expenditures. Similarly, evaluations for impairment of proved and unproved oil and gas properties are subject to numerous uncertainties including estimates of future recoverable reserves and commodity price outlook. Other estimates which may significantly impact the Company’s financial statements include the IPF and deferred tax valuation allowances and fair value of derivatives.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145 “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement 13 and Technical Corrections” (“SFAS 145”). As a result, gains from early extinguishment of debt will be reported in income from continuing operations. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 145 as of January 1, 2003. This adoption resulted in the reclassification of extraordinary gain on sale or exchange of securities totaling $3.1 million and $4.0 million to revenue in the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively, with no change to reported net income.

     In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (the “Interpretation”). The Interpretation will significantly change whether entities included in its scope are consolidated by their sponsors, transferors, or investors. The Interpretation introduces a new consolidation model – the variable interest model – which determines control (and consolidation) based on potential variability in gains and losses of the entity being evaluated for consolidation. These provisions apply immediately to variable interests in Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”) created after January 15, 2003 and are effective 2004, for VIEs in which the Company holds a variable interest that it acquired prior to February 1, 2003. The Company is still evaluating the impact of this new interpretation.

     In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150 “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” (“SFAS 150”). SFAS 150 established standards for classification and measurement in the statement of financial position of certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires classification of a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after September 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

     The FASB and representatives of the accounting staff of the SEC are engaged in discussions on the issue of whether the SFAS No.’s 141 and 142, issued effective for June 30, 2001, called for mineral rights held under lease or other contractual arrangements to be classified in the balance sheet as intangible assets and accompanied by specific footnote disclosures. Historically, the Company and all other oil and gas companies have included the cost of these oil and gas leasehold interests as part of oil and gas properties. As of December 31, 2003 a total of $447 million of leasehold costs is included in net oil and gas properties. Although most of the Company’s oil and gas property interests are held under oil and gas leases, this interpretation, if adopted, is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or its results of operations.

     In the event this interpretation is adopted, a substantial portion of acquisition costs of oil and gas properties would be separately classified on the balance sheet as intangible assets. Some additional direct costs of other oil and gas leases

66


Table of Contents

acquired since that date could also be categorized as intangible under this interpretation. Results of operations would not be affected by this interpretation, if adopted, since these costs would continue to be depleted in accordance with successful efforts accounting for oil and gas companies. Another possible effect of this interpretation, if adopted, could be a change in some of the financial measurements used in financial covenants of debt instruments that focus on tangible assets. The Company does not believe that its debt covenants would be materially affected by the adoption of this accounting interpretation.

Reclassifications

     Certain reclassifications have been made to the presentation of prior periods to conform with current year presentation.

(3)   ACQUISITIONS

     Acquisitions are accounted for as purchases, and accordingly, the results of operations are included in the Company’s Statements of Operations from the respective date of acquisition. Purchase prices are allocated to acquired assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair value at acquisition. Acquisitions have been funded with internal cash flow, bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities. The Company purchased various properties for consideration of $100.9 million, $21.8 million and $9.5 million, during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. These purchases include $90.7 million, $15.6 million and $4.2 million for proved oil and gas reserves, respectively, the remainder represents unproved acreage purchases. Purchases in 2003 also include $4.6 million related to gas gathering facilities.

     On December 23, 2003, the Company purchased producing oil and gas properties covering 38,000 gross (32,000 net) acres of leases which are adjacent to the Company’s Conger Field properties in West Texas. The purchase price should approximate $87.1 million after normal post closing adjustments and includes $2.1 million additional estimated costs for asset retirement obligations. The Company recorded $80.4 million to oil and gas properties, $4.6 million to transportation and field assets and $2.1 million additional asset retirement obligations as a preliminary purchase price allocation. This acquisition was funded through the existing $225.0 million secured revolving bank credit facility (the “Senior Credit Facility”).

(4)   ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATION

     Beginning in 2003, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143 “Asset Retirement Obligations” (“SFAS 143”) requires the Company to recognize an estimated liability for the plugging and abandonment of its oil and gas wells and associated pipelines and equipment. Previously, the Company had recognized a plugging and abandonment obligation primarily for its offshore properties. This liability was shown netted against oil and gas properties on the balance sheet. Under SFAS 143, the Company now recognizes an asset retirement obligation in the period in which the liability is incurred, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. SFAS 143 requires the Company to consider estimated salvage value in the calculation of DD&A. Consistent with industry practice, historically the Company had assumed the cost of plugging and abandonment on its onshore properties would be offset by salvage value received. The adoption of SFAS 143 resulted in (i) an increase of total liabilities because retirement obligations are required to be recognized, (ii) an increase in the recognized cost of assets because the retirement costs are added to the carrying amount of the long-lived asset, and (iii) an increase in DD&A expense, because of the accretion of the retirement obligation and increased basis. The majority of the asset retirement obligations recorded by the Company relate to the plugging and abandonment of oil and gas wells.

     The estimated liability is based on historical experience in plugging and abandoning wells, estimated remaining lives of those wells based on reserves estimates, external estimates as to the cost to plug and abandon the wells in the future, and federal and state regulatory requirements. The liability is discounted using an assumed credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate of 9%. Revisions to the liability could occur due to changes in estimates of plugging and abandonment costs, changes in the risk-free interest rate or remaining lives of the wells, or if federal or state regulators enact new plugging and abandonment requirements. While Great Lakes includes a 3% market risk premium in its abandonment estimates, Range does not as the amount would not be significant. At the time of abandonment, the Company may be required to recognize a gain or loss on abandonment based on actual costs incurred.

     The adoption of SFAS 143 as of January 1, 2003 resulted in a cumulative effect gain of $4.5 million (net of income taxes of $2.4 million) or $0.08 per share which is included in income in the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. The adoption resulted in a January 1, 2003 cumulative effect adjustment to record (i) a $37.3 million increase in the carrying values of proved properties, (ii) a $21.0 million decrease in accumulated depletion, (iii) a $2.3 million increase in current

67


Table of Contents

plugging and abandonment liabilities, (iv) a $49.1 million increase in non-current plugging and abandonment liabilities, and (v) a $2.4 million decrease in deferred tax assets. The pro forma effects of the application of SFAS 143, as if the statement had been adopted after-tax on January 1, 2001 (rather than January 1, 2003), including an associated pro forma asset retirement obligation on that date of $44.0 million, are presented below (in thousands, except per share data):

                         
    Pro Forma
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
Net income
  $ 35,415     $ 24,535     $ 17,854  
Earnings per share
- basic
  $ 0.64     $ 0.46     $ 0.36  
- diluted
  $ 0.61     $ 0.45     $ 0.35  

     A reconciliation of the Company’s liability for plugging and abandonment costs for the year ended December 31, 2003 is as follows (in thousands):

         
Asset retirement obligation, December 31, 2002
  $  
Cumulative effect adjustment
    51,390  
Liabilities incurred
    4,598  
Liabilities settled
    (2,165 )
Accretion expense
    4,517  
Change in estimate
    (6,496 )(a)
 
   
 
 
Asset retirement obligation, December 31, 2003
  $ 51,844  
 
   
 
 

     (a)Change in estimate attributable to ARO deferred to a future period by third party operator.

     The pro forma asset retirement obligations as of December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 would be $44.0 million, $48.3 million and $53.8 million, respectively, had the Company previously adopted SFAS 143.

(5)   SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (in thousands)
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Common stock issued
                       
Under benefit plans
  $ 3,672     $ 3,092     $ 2,174  
Exchanged for fixed income securities
    1,370       8,359       14,222  
Preferred stock issued
    50,000              
Cash used in (provided by) operating activities:
                       
Income taxes paid to (refunded by) taxing authorities
  $ 110     $ (96 )   $ 14  
Interest paid
    21,579       23,277       31,207  

68


Table of Contents

(6)   INDEBTEDNESS

     The Company had the following debt and Trust Preferred Securities (as herein defined) outstanding as of the dates shown (in thousands) (interest rates, excluding the impact of interest rate swaps, at December 31, 2003 are shown parenthetically):

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
Senior debt:
               
Senior Credit Facility (3.1%)
  $ 178,200     $ 115,800  
Non-recourse debt:
               
Great Lakes Credit Facility (2.9%)
    70,000       76,500  
Subordinated debt:
               
8.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
          69,281  
7.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013, net of $1.7 million discount
    98,331        
6% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2007
    11,649       21,620  
Total debt
    358,180       283,201  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Trust Preferred Securities – manditorily redeemable securities of subsidiary
          84,840  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
  $ 358,180     $ 368,041  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Interest paid in cash during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 totaled $19.6 million and $23.3 million, respectively. In 2003, the Company also paid a $2.0 million call premium in connection with the redemption of the 8.75% Notes. No interest expense was capitalized during 2003 and 2002.

Senior Credit Facility

     In 2002, the Company entered into an amended and restated $225.0 million secured revolving bank facility which is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company (excluding the Company’s interest in Great Lakes). The Senior Credit Facility provides for a borrowing base subject to redeterminations semi-annually each April and October and pursuant to certain unscheduled redeterminations. Effective December 23, 2003, the borrowing base was increased from $180.0 million to $225.0 million. As of December 31, 2003, the outstanding balance under the Senior Credit Facility was $178.2 million and there was $46.7 million of borrowing capacity available. The loan matures on January 1, 2007. Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility can either be base rate loans or LIBOR loans. On all base rate loans, the rate per annum is equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum rate (the “weekly ceiling” as defined in Section 303 of the Texas Finance Code or other applicable laws if greater) (the “Maximum Rate”) or, (ii) the sum of (A) the higher of (1) the prime rate for such date, or (2) the sum of the federal funds effective rate for such date plus one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum, plus a base rate margin of between 0.25% to 1.0% per annum depending on the total outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility relative to the borrowing base under the Senior Credit Facility. On all LIBOR loans, the Company pays a varying rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the Maximum Rate, or (ii) the sum of the quotient of (A) the LIBOR base rate, divided by (B) one minus the reserve requirement applicable to such interest period, plus a LIBOR margin of between 1.50% and 2.25% per annum depending on the total outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility relative to the borrowing base under the Senior Credit Facility. The Company may elect, from time to time, to convert all or any part of its LIBOR loans to base rate loans or to convert all or any part of its base rate loans to LIBOR loans. The weighted average interest rate (including applicable margin) was 3.1% and 3.9% for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. A commitment fee is paid on the undrawn balance based on an annual rate of 0.375% to 0.50%. At December 31, 2003, the commitment fee was 0.375% and the interest rate margin was 2.0%. At February 26, 2004, the interest rate (including applicable margin) was 3.1%.

Great Lakes Credit Facility

     The Company consolidates its proportionate share of borrowings on the Great Lakes’ $275.0 million secured revolving bank facility (the “Great Lakes Credit Facility”). The Great Lakes Credit Facility is non-recourse to the Company and provides for a borrowing base subject to redeterminations semi-annually each April and October and pursuant to certain unscheduled redeterminations. As of December 31, 2003, the Company’s portion of the outstanding balance owed under the Great Lakes Credit Facility was $70.0 million. The loan matures on January 1, 2007. Any advance under the commitment may be a base rate

69


Table of Contents

loan or a Eurodollar loan. On all base rate loans the Company pays a varying rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum nonusurious rate of interest under applicable law, or (ii) the sum of the base rate plus a base rate margin of between 0.25% to 0.75% per annum depending on the amounts outstanding on the loan, plus all outstanding letters of credit, divided by the borrowing base under the Great Lakes Credit Facility. On all Eurodollar loans, the Company pays a varying rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum nonusurious rate of interest under applicable law, or (ii) the Eurodollar rate plus a Eurodollar margin of between 1.50% to 2.0% per annum depending on the amounts outstanding on the loan, plus all outstanding letters of credit, divided by the borrowing base under the Great Lakes Credit Facility. Great Lakes may elect, from time to time, to convert all or any part of its Eurodollar loans to base rate loans or to convert all or any part of its base rate loans to Eurodollar loans. Cash distributions to members of the joint venture are limited by a covenant contained in the Great Lakes Credit Facility. A commitment fee is paid on the undrawn balance at an annual rate of 0.25% to 0.50%. At December 31, 2003, the commitment fee was 0.375% and the interest rate margin was 1.75%. The average interest rate on the Great Lakes Credit Facility, excluding hedges, was 3.0% and 3.9% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. After hedging (see Note 7), the rate was 5.4% and 6.8% for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. At February 26, 2004, the interest rate was 2.9% excluding hedges and 5.1% after hedging.

8.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007

     In 1997, the Company sold $125 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the “8.75% Notes”). Interest on the 8.75% Notes was payable semi-annually in arrears in January and July of each year. On August 20, 2003, the Company completed the redemption of the outstanding 8.75% Notes at 102.9% of principal amount, plus accrued interest. The aggregate redemption price, including the premium, was $70.8 million. The premium of $2.0 million is included in interest expense in the Company’s Statements of Operations in the year ended 2003. The redemption was financed by the issuance of the 7.375% senior subordinated notes due 2013.

70


Table of Contents

7.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

     On July 21, 2003, the Company issued $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013. The offering of the 7.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Outstanding Notes”), was not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The securities were issued in compliance with Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act. On October 23, 2003, $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes were exchanged for $100.0 million principal amount of the Company’s 7.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 issued in a registered exchange offer for which a registration statement was filed under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Notes”) as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, by and among the Company and UBS Securities LLC, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., and McDonald Investments (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). The Exchange Notes are identical to the Outstanding Notes except that the Exchange Notes are registered under the Securities Act and do not have restrictions on transfer, registration rights or provisions for additional interest. As used in this Form 10-K, the term “7.375% Notes” refer to both the Outstanding Notes and the Exchange Notes. The Company pays interest on the 7.375% Notes semi-annually in arrears in January and July of each year. The 7.375% Notes mature in July 2013. The 7.375% Notes are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”). The 7.375% Notes were issued at a discount which will be amortized over the life of the 7.375% Notes in interest expense.

     The Company may redeem the 7.375% Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after July 15, 2008, at redemption prices from 103.7% of the principal amount as of July 15, 2008, and declining to 100.0% on July 15, 2011 and thereafter. Prior to July 15, 2006, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price of 107.4% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, with the proceeds of certain equity offerings. If the Company experiences a change of control, the Company may be required to repurchase all or a portion of the 7.375% Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. The 7.375% Notes and the guarantees by the Subsidiary Guarantors are general, unsecured obligations and are subordinated to the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors senior debt and will be subordinated to future senior debt that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors are permitted to incur under the senior credit facilities and the indenture governing the 7.375% Notes.

6% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2007

     In 1996, the Company sold $55.0 million principal amount of 6% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2007 (the “6% Debentures”). Interest on the 6% Debentures is payable semi-annually each February and August. The 6% Debentures are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at the option of the holder at any time prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed or repurchased, at a conversion price of $19.25 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events. The 6% Debentures will mature in 2007. The 6% Debentures are subject to redemption at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at redemption prices from 102.5% of the principal amount as of December 31, 2003, and declining to 101.0% in 2006. Upon a change of control, the Company is required to offer to repurchase each holder’s 6% Debenture at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. The 6% Debentures are unsecured general obligations and are subordinated to all senior indebtedness.

     During 2003 and 2002, $880,000 and $7.1 million of 6% Debentures were retired at a discount in exchange for 129,000 and 1.2 million shares of common stock, respectively. The Company recorded a $465,000 conversion expense related to the 2003 exchange (see discussion below). In addition, $9.1 million and $815,000 were repurchased for cash in 2003 and 2002, respectively. On February 26, 2004, $11.6 million of the 6% Debentures was outstanding.

5.75% Trust Preferred Securities – manditorily redeemable securities of subsidiary

     In 1997, the Company issued $120.0 million of the 5.75% Trust Convertible Preferred Securities (“the Trust Preferred Securities”) through a newly-formed affiliate Lomak Financing Trust (the “Trust”). The Trust issued 2,400,000 shares of the Trust Preferred Securities at $50 per share. Each Trust Preferred Security was convertible at the holder’s option into shares of the Company’s common stock, at a conversion price of $23.50 per share. The Trust invested the $120 million of proceeds in the 5.375% convertible junior subordinated debentures (the “Junior Debentures”). The sole assets of the Trust were the Junior Debentures.

     The accounts of the Trust were included in the consolidated financial statements after eliminations. Distributions of the Trust were recorded as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During 2003, $5.3 million of the Trust Preferred Securities were repurchased for $4.1 million. In addition, in September 2003, the Company exchanged $10.2 million in cash and $50.0 million of a newly issued 5.9% cumulative convertible preferred stock (the “Convertible Preferred”) for

71


Table of Contents

$79.5 million of the Trust Preferred Securities held by the largest holder of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Convertible Preferred was exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act because the Convertible Preferred was only exchanged by the Company with that holder and no commission or other remuneration was paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such exchange. The Company paid approximately $550,000 in consulting fees for financial advice regarding enhancing the Company’s financial position. In December 2003, the remainder of the Trust Preferred Securities was redeemed.

Debt Covenants

     The debt agreements contain covenants relating to net worth, working capital, dividends and financial ratios. The Company was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2003. Under the Senior Credit Facility, common and preferred dividends are permitted, subject to the provisions of the restricted payment basket. The Senior Credit Facility provides for a restricted payment basket of $20.0 million plus 50% of net income (excluding Great Lakes) plus 66-2/3% of distributions, dividends or payments of debt from or proceeds from sales of equity interests of Great Lakes plus 66-2/3% of net cash proceeds from common stock issuances. In addition, there is a separate restricted basket that allows for the proceeds from the issuance of the 7.375% Notes to be used to repurchase junior securities. Approximately $37.5 million was available under the Senior Credit Facility’s restricted payment basket on December 31, 2003 and $5.5 million available under the separate restricted basket. The terms of the 7.375% Notes limit restricted payments (including dividends) to the greater of $20.0 million or a formula based on earnings since the issuance of the notes. The 7.375% Notes also include a separate restricted payments basket of $25.0 million to repurchase junior securities. At December 31, 2003, approximately $18.6 million was available under the 7.375% Notes restricted payments basket and $2.0 million under the separate basket.

     Following is the principal maturity schedule for the long-term debt outstanding as of December 31, 2003 (in thousands):

         
Year Ended December 31:
       
2004
  $  
2005
     
2006
     
2007
    259,849  
2008
     
2009
     
Thereafter
    98,331  
 
   
 
 
 
  $ 358,180  
 
   
 
 

Induced Conversions

     In September 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) issued EITF Issue No. 02-15, Determining Whether Certain Conversions of Convertible Debt to Equity Securities are Within the Scope of FASB Statement No. 84 “Induced Conversions of Convertible Debt” (“SFAS 84”). SFAS 84 was issued to amend APB Opinion No. 26, “Early Extinguishment of Debt” to exclude from its scope convertible debt that is converted to equity securities of the debt or pursuant to conversion privileges different from those included in the terms of the debt at issuance, and the change in conversion privileges is effective for a limited period of time, involves additional consideration, and is made to induce conversion. SFAS 84 applies only to conversions that both (a) occur pursuant to changed conversion privileges that are exercisable only for a limited period of time and (b) include the issuance of all of the equity securities issuable pursuant to conversion privileges included in the terms of the debt at issuance for each debt instrument that is converted. The Task Force reached a consensus that SFAS 84 applies to all conversions that both (a) occur pursuant to changed conversion privileges that are exercisable only for a limited period of time and (b) include the issuance of all of the equity securities issuable pursuant to conversion privileges included in the terms of the debt at issuance for each debt instrument that is converted, regardless of the party that initiates the offer. This consensus should be applied prospectively to debt conversions completed after September 11, 2002. Since 1999, the Company has retired certain of the 6% Debentures and the Trust Preferred Securities, each of which are convertible into the Company’s common stock, by either purchasing securities for cash or issuing common stock in exchange for such securities. Since the exchanges of common stock for these convertible debt securities were at relative market values, the convertible securities were retired at a discount to face value. Under the provisions of SFAS 84, when an inducement is issued to retire convertible debt, the face value of the convertible debt security shall be charged to stockholders’ equity (common stock and paid in capital), the shares of common stock issued in excess of the shares that would have been issued under the terms of the debt instrument are expensed at the market value of such shares and an offsetting increase to paid in capital will also be recorded.

(7)   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

     The Company’s financial instruments include cash and equivalents, receivables, payables, debt and commodity and interest rate derivatives. The book value of cash and equivalents, receivables and payables are considered to be representative

72


Table of Contents

of fair value because of their short maturity. Since the Company marks to market through OCI all derivatives, the book value is assumed to be equal to fair value. The book value of bank borrowings is believed to approximate fair value because of their floating rate structure.

     A portion of future oil and gas sales is periodically hedged through the use of collars or swap contracts. Realized gains and losses on these instruments are reflected in the contract month being hedged as an adjustment to oil and gas revenue. At times, the Company seeks to manage interest rate risk on its credit facilities through the use of swaps. Gains and losses on these swaps are included as an adjustment to interest expense in the relevant periods.

     The following table sets forth the book and estimated fair values of financial instruments (in thousands):

                                 
    December 31, 2003
  December 31, 2002
    Book   Fair   Book   Fair
    Value
  Value
  Value
  Value
Assets
                               
Cash and equivalents
  $ 631     $ 631     $ 1,334     $ 1,334  
Accounts receivable
    37,745       37,745       26,832       26,832  
IPF receivable
    12,593       12,593       24,451       24,451  
Marketable securities(b)
    1,765       1,765       1,040       1,040  
Interest rate swaps
    265       265              
Commodity swaps and collars
    101       101       17       17  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    53,100       53,100       53,674       53,674  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Liabilities
                               
Commodity swaps and collars
    (70,725 )     (70,725 )     (32,964 )     (32,964 )
Interest rate swaps
    (647 )     (647 )     (2,150 )     (2,150 )
Long-term debt (a)
    (358,180 )     (358,564 )     (283,201 )     (279,894 )
Trust Preferred Securities
                (84,840 )     (52,177 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    (429,552 )     (429,936 )     (403,155 )     (367,185 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net financial instruments
  $ (376,452 )   $ (376,836 )   $ (349,481 )   $ (313,511 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(a)   Fair Value based on quotes received from certain brokerage houses. Quotes for December 31, 2003 were 100.5% for the 7.375% Notes and 99% for the 6% Debentures.
 
(b)   Marketable securities held in the deferred compensation plan.

     At December 31, 2003, the Company had open hedging contracts covering 52.6 Bcf of gas at prices averaging $4.13 per mcf, 1.4 million barrels of oil at prices averaging $25.74 barrel and 0.7 million barrels of NGLs at prices averaging $21.02 per barrel. The Company also has collars covering 6.6 Bcf of gas at weighted average floor and cap prices of $4.14 to $6.19 per mcf and 1.2 million barrels of oil at weighted average floor and cap prices of $24.16 to $29.24 per barrel. Their fair value, represented by the estimated amount that would be realized upon termination, based on a comparison of the contract price and a reference price, generally NYMEX, approximated a net unrealized pre-tax loss of $70.6 million at December 31, 2003. These contracts expire monthly through December 2006. Transaction gains and losses are determined monthly and are included as increases or decreases to oil and gas revenues in the period the hedged production is sold. Net pre-tax losses incurred relating to these derivatives for the year ended December 31, 2001 was $6.2 million. A hedging gain of $17.8 million was realized in 2002. In 2003, a loss of $60.4 million was incurred. These hedging positions are recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at an estimate of fair value based on a comparison of the contract price and a reference price, generally NYMEX. Other revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was decreased for ineffective hedging losses of $1.2 million and $2.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The year ended December 31, 2001 included ineffective hedging gains of $2.4 million.

73


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth the hedging volumes by year:

             
        Volume   Average Hedge
Contract Type
  Period
  Hedged
  Price
Natural gas
           
Swaps
  2004   91,440 MMBtu/day   $ 4.08
Swaps
  2005   50,695 MMBtu/day   $ 4.21
Swaps
  2006   1,644 MMBtu/day   $ 4.80
Collars
  2004   6,470 MMBtu/day   $ 4.38 - $ 6.19
Collars
  2005   11,517 MMBtu/day   $ 4.14 - $ 5.80
Crude oil
           
Swaps
  2004   3,010 Bbl/day   $ 25.93
Swaps
  2005   940 Bbl/day   $ 25.11
Collars
  2004   2,128 Bbl/day   $ 24.18 - $ 29.24
Collars
  2005   1,233 Bbl/day   $ 24.16 - $ 27.48
Natural gas liquids
           
Swaps
  2004   1,377 Bbl/day   $ 21.88
Swaps
  2005   658 Bbl/day   $ 19.20

74


Table of Contents

     The following schedule shows the effect of the closed oil and gas hedges since January 1, 2001 and the value of open contracts at December 31, 2003 (in thousands):

         
    Hedging
Quarter Ended
  Gain (Loss)
Closed Contracts
       
2001
       
March 31, 2001
  $ (23,440 )
June 30, 2001
    (5,250 )
September 30, 2001
    8,450  
December 31, 2001
    14,047  
 
   
 
 
Subtotal
    (6,193 )
 
   
 
 
2002
       
March 31, 2002
  $ 11,726  
June 30, 2002
    3,639  
September 30, 2002
    3,484  
December 31, 2002
    (1,059 )
 
   
 
 
Subtotal
    17,790  
 
   
 
 
2003
       
March 31, 2003
  $ (25,890 )
June 30, 2003
    (15,365 )
September 30, 2003
    (12,257 )
December 31, 2003
    (6,915 )
 
   
 
 
Subtotal
    (60,427 )
 
   
 
 
Total net realized loss
  $ (48,830 )
 
   
 
 
Open Contracts
       
2004
       
March 31, 2004
  $ (19,240 )
June 30, 2004
    (12,271 )
September 30, 2004
    (11,221 )
December 31, 2004
    (10,966 )
 
   
 
 
Subtotal
    (53,698 )
 
   
 
 
2005
       
March 31, 2005
  $ (8,242 )
June 30, 2005
    (2,721 )
September 30, 2005
    (2,648 )
December 31, 2005
    (3,363 )
 
   
 
 
Subtotal
    (16,974 )
 
   
 
 
2006
       
March 31, 2006
  $ (47 )
June 30, 2006
    41  
September 30, 2006
    44  
December 31, 2006
    10  
 
   
 
 
Subtotal
    48  
 
   
 
 
Total net liability
  $ (70,624 )
 
   
 
 

75


Table of Contents

     Through Great Lakes, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements to manage the risk that future cash flows associated with interest payments on amounts outstanding under the variable rate Great Lakes Credit Facility may be adversely affected by volatility in market interest rates. Under swap agreements, the Company agrees to pay an amount equal to a specified fixed rate of interest times a notional principal amount, and to receive in return, a specified variable rate of interest times the same notional principal amount. Changes in the fair value of the Company’s interest rate swaps, which qualify for cash flow hedge accounting treatment, are reflected as adjustments to OCI to the extent the swaps are effective and will be recognized as an adjustment to interest expense during the period in which the cash flows related to the Company’s interest payments are made. The ineffective portion of the changes in fair value of the Company’s interest rate swaps is recorded in interest expense in the period incurred. At December 31, 2003, Great Lakes had interest rate swap agreements totaling $110.0 million, 50% of which is consolidated by the Company. These swaps consist of two agreements totaling $45.0 million at 7.1% which expire in May 2004, two agreements totaling $20.0 million at rates of 2.3% which expire in December 2004, one agreement for $10.0 million at 1.4% which expires in June 2005 and two agreements totaling $35.0 million at 1.8% which expire in June 2006. The Company’s share of the fair value of the swaps at December 31, 2003, was a net hedge liability of $382,000 based on current quotes. On December 31, 2003, the 30-day LIBOR rate was 1.1%. The Company recognized additional interest expense of $1.3 million, $2.4 million and $1.1 million due to interest swaps in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

     The combined fair value of net losses on oil and gas hedges and net losses on interest rate swaps totaling $71.0 million appear as Unrealized derivative gains and Unrealized derivative losses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2003. Hedging activities are conducted with major financial or commodities trading institutions which management believes are acceptable credit risks. At times, such risks may be concentrated with certain counterparties. The credit worthiness of these counterparties is subject to continuing review.

(8)   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The Company is involved in various legal actions and claims arising in the ordinary course of business, which includes a royalty owner suit filed in 2000 asking for class action certification against Great Lakes and the Company. In the opinion of management, such litigation and claims are likely to be resolved without material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. During 2003, approximately $450,000 of costs were incurred in defense of litigation. The Company periodically enters into arrangements to purchase seismic data over several years. These commitments totaled $1.2 million in 2004 and $215,000 in 2005. The Company records exploration expense as the data is received.

     The Company leases certain office space and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable leases, most of which expire within three years and may be renewed by the Company. Rent expense under such arrangements totaled $1.6 million, $1.7 million and $1.7 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable leases are as follows (in thousands):

         
2004
  $ 2,567  
2005
    2,403  
2006
    1,344  
2007
    425  
2008 and thereafter
    274  
 
   
 
 
 
  $ 7,013  
 
   
 
 

(9)   STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     The Company has authorized capital stock of 110 million shares which includes 100 million shares of common stock and 10 million shares of preferred stock. In September 2003, the Company issued 1.0 million shares of Convertible Preferred, par value $1.00 and liquidation preference $50 per share. The Convertible Preferred is convertible into common stock at $8.50 per share. Each share is non-voting. Beginning in September 2007, the Company may, at its election, redeem the Convertible Preferred for cash at 103% and declines to 100% in September 2012. Beginning in September 2005, the Company may at its sole election, cause the Convertible Preferred to convert, in whole but not in part, to common stock if, at the time, the common stock has closed at $11.90 or higher for 20 of the previous consecutive 30 trading days. Accrued dividends are cumulative and are payable quarterly in arrears. The following is a schedule of changes in the number of outstanding common shares since the beginning of 2002:

76


Table of Contents

                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
Beginning balance
    54,991,611       52,643,275  
Issuances:
               
Employee benefit plans
    514,002       417,661  
Stock options exercised
    687,885       130,566  
Stock purchase plan
    87,500       168,500  
Exchanged for:
               
8.75% Notes
          182,709  
6% Debentures
    128,793       1,165,700  
Trust Preferred Securities
          283,200  
 
    1,418,180       2,348,336  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Ending balance
    56,409,791       54,991,611  
 
   
 
     
 
 

(10)   STOCK OPTION AND PURCHASE PLANS

     The Company has four stock option plans, of which two are active, and a stock purchase plan. Under these plans, incentive and non-qualified options and stock purchase rights are issued to directors, officers and employees pursuant to decisions of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Information with respect to the option plans is summarized below:

                                                 
    Inactive
  Active
          Average
    Domain   1989   Directors’   1999           Exercise
    Plan
  Plan
  Plan
  Plan
  Total
  Price
Outstanding at December 31, 2000
    248,965       1,182,893       136,000       665,200       2,233,058     $ 6.23  
Granted
                56,000       774,350       830,350       6.46  
Exercised
    (111,481 )     (59,113 )           (53,000 )     (223,594 )     1.63  
Expired/cancelled
          (581,080 )     (72,000 )     (71,437 )     (724,517 )     13.05  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2001
    137,484       542,700       120,000       1,315,113       2,115,297       4.47  
Granted
                48,000       1,438,850       1,486,850       4.89  
Exercised
    (5,782 )     (56,157 )     (2,000 )     (66,627 )     (130,566 )     2.45  
Expired/cancelled
          (32,963 )     (14,000 )     (142,474 )     (189,437 )     4.95  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2002
    131,702       453,580       152,000       2,544,862       3,282,144       4.46  
Granted
                56,000       1,634,400       1,690,400       5.92  
Exercised
    (59,038 )     (209,581 )     (4,000 )     (415,266 )     (687,885 )     3.55  
Expired/cancelled
          (8,825 )           (444,699 )     (453,524 )     5.46  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2003
    72,664       235,174       204,000       3,319,297       3,831,135     $ 5.00  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     There were options exercisable of 585,526 (weighted average price of $4.04), 975,026 (weighted average price of $4.46) and 1,133,850 (weighted average price of $5.00) at December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

     In 1999, shareholders approved the stock option plan (the “1999 Plan”) providing for the issuance of options on 1.4 million common shares. In 2001, shareholders approved an increase in the number of options issuable to 3.4 million shares. In May 2002, shareholders approved an increase in the number of options issuable to 6.0 million. In May 2003, shareholders approved an increase in the number of options issuable to 8.75 million. All options issued under the 1999 Plan through May 22, 2002 vested over 5 years and had a maximum term of 10 years. Options issued under the 1999 Plan after May 22, 2002 vest over a three year period and have a maximum term of five years. During the year ended December 31, 2003, 1.6 million options were

77


Table of Contents

granted under the 1999 Plan at exercise prices from $5.62 to $7.00 a share. At December 31, 2003, 3.3 million options were outstanding under the 1999 Plan at exercise prices of $1.94 to $7.00.

     The Company maintains the 1989 Stock Option Plan (the “1989 Plan”) which authorized the issuance of options on 3.0 million common shares. No options have been granted under this plan since March 1999. Options issued under the 1989 Plan vest over a three year period and expire in ten years. At December 31, 2003, 235,174 options remained outstanding under the 1989 Plan at exercise prices of $2.63 to $7.63. The last of these options will expire in 2009.

     In 1994, shareholders approved the Outside Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”). In 2000, shareholders approved an increase in the number of options issuable to 300,000, extended the term of the options to ten years and set the vesting period at five years. Effective May 22, 2002, the term of the option was changed to five years with vesting immediately upon grant. Director’s options are granted upon initial election as a director and annually upon a director’s re-election at the annual meeting. During the 12 months ended December 31, 2003, 56,000 options were granted under the Directors’ Plan at exercise prices of $5.64 and $5.70 share. At December 31, 2003, 204,000 options were outstanding under the Directors’ Plan at exercise prices of $2.82 to $6.00.

     The Domain stock option plan was adopted when that company was acquired in 1998, with existing Domain options becoming exercisable into the Company’s common stock. No options have been granted under this plan since the acquisition. At December 31, 2003, 72,664 options remained outstanding under the Plan at a price of $3.46 a share. In January 2004, all outstanding options were exercised and the plan was terminated.

     In total, approximately 3.8 million options were outstanding at December 31, 2003 at exercise prices ranging from $1.94 to $7.63 as follows:

                                                         
                    Inactive
  Active
   
Range of   Average   Weighted Average   Domain   1989   Directors’   1999    
Exercise price
  Exercise price
  Remaining Life (Yrs)
  Plan
  Plan
  Plan
  Plan
  Total
$ 1.94 - $ 4.99
  $   3.52       5.92       72,664       101,824       52,000       716,723       943,211  
5.00 - 7.63
    5.97       5.10             133,350       152,000       2,602,574       2,887,924  
 
                   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
          Total     72,664       235,174       204,000       3,319,297       3,831,135  
 
                   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     During 2003, the Company issued 234,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock as compensation to directors, officers and key employees of the Company. The restricted share awards included 136,000 that were granted to directors of the Company which were approved by the Compensation Committee and were immediately vested. Upon the hiring of the new chief operating officer and new chief financial officer, the Company granted 30,000 shares which vest over three years. The remaining 68,000 restricted shares were awarded to officers and key employees with vesting over three year period. The Company recorded $753,000 of compensation expense in 2003 related to these awards.

     In 1997, shareholders approved a plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”) authorizing the sale of 900,000 shares of common stock to officers, directors, key employees and consultants. In 2001, shareholders approved an increase in the number of shares authorized under the Stock Purchase Plan to 1.75 million. Under the Stock Purchase Plan, the right to purchase shares at prices ranging from 50% to 85% of market value may be granted. To date, all purchase rights have been granted at 75% of market. Due to the discount from market value, the Company recorded additional compensation expense of $122,000, $227,800 and $375,000 during 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Through December 31, 2003, 1,377,319 shares have been sold under the Stock Purchase Plan. At December 31, 2003, there were no rights outstanding to purchase shares.

78


Table of Contents

(11)   DEFERRED COMPENSATION

     In 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”). The Plan gives certain officers and key employees the ability to defer all or a portion of their salaries and bonuses and invests in common stock of the Company or makes other investments at the employee’s discretion. The assets of the Plan are held in a rabbi trust (the “Rabbi Trust”) and are therefore available to satisfy the claims of the Company’s creditors in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company. The Company’s stock held in the Rabbi Trust is treated in a manner similar to treasury stock with an offsetting amount reflected as a deferred compensation liability of the Company and the carrying value of the deferred compensation is adjusted to fair value each reporting period by a charge or credit to operations in the general and administrative expense category on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The assets of the Rabbi Trust, other than common stock of the Company, are invested in marketable securities and reported at market value in other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The deferred compensation liability on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets reflects the market value of the marketable securities and the Company’s common stock held in the Rabbi Trust. The cost of common stock held in the Rabbi Trust is shown as a reduction to stockholders’ equity. Changes in the market value of the marketable securities are reflected in OCI, while changes in the market value of the Company’s common stock held in the Rabbi Trust is charged or credited to general and administrative expense each quarter. The Company recorded mark-to-market expenses related to deferred compensation of $6.6 million in 2003, $1.1 million in 2002 and a benefit of $2.4 million in 2001. Since the Company actually issues the common shares to the Rabbi Trust, the Company does not incur additional cash expense other than the original fair market value of the stock when issued.

(12)   BENEFIT PLAN

     The Company maintains a 401(k) Plan for its employees. The Plan permits employees to contribute up to 50% of their salary (subject to Internal Revenue limitations) on a pretax basis. Historically, the Company has made discretionary contributions of the Company’s common stock to the 401(k) Plan annually. All Company contributions become fully vested after the individual employee has three years of service with the Company. In 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company contributed $610,000, $602,000 and $554,000, at then market values, respectively, of the Company’s common stock to the 401(k) Plan. The Company does not require that employees hold the contributed stock in their account. Employees have a variety of investment options in the 401(k) Plan. Employees may, at anytime, diversify out of Company stock based on their personal investment strategy.

(13)   INCOME TAXES

     The Company’s federal income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, was $18.5 million, ($3.4 million) and ($406,000), respectively. In addition, $2.4 million of tax expense was recognized as part of the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. A reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    ($ in thousands)
Federal statutory tax rate
    35 %     35 %     35 %
Gain on retirement of securities
          6       10  
Permanent differences
          (1 )     1  
Valuation allowance
          (63 )     (45 )
State
    2       1       (1 )
Other
          4       (4 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Consolidated effective tax rate
    37 %     (18 )%     (4 )%
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Income taxes paid (refunded)
  $ 110     ($ 96 )   $ 14  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Income tax provision (benefit) attributable to income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle consists of the following:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
Current:
                       
U.S. federal
  $ 191     $ (95 )   $ (355 )
U.S. state and local
    (21 )     91       (51 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 170     $ (4 )   $ (406 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Deferred:
                       
U.S. federal
  $ 17,329     $ (3,227 )   $  
U.S. state and local
    990       (127 )      
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 18,319     $ (3,354)     $  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The Company follows SFAS Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” pursuant to which the liability method is used. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and regulations that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Significant components of deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:

79


Table of Contents

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (in thousands)
Deferred tax assets
               
Net operating loss carryover
  $ 69,855     $ 71,661  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    3,941       4,717  
Percentage depletion carryover
          5,256  
Net unrealized loss in OCI
    24,620       11,388  
AMT credits and other
    4,813       665  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total deferred tax assets
    103,229       93,687  
Deferred tax liabilities
               
Depreciation and depletion
    (90,651 )     (77,902 )
Unrealized gain on hedging
           
Valuation allowance
    (3,550 )      
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 9,028     $ 15,785  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     At December 31, 2003, deferred tax assets exceeded deferred tax liabilities by $9.0 million with $24.6 million of deferred tax assets related to net deferred hedging losses included in OCI. A portion of the Company’s deferred tax assets relate to items which are capital assets, which upon disposition will result in capital losses. Due to the unlikely ability of the Company to utilize the capital loss, a valuation allowance was recognized in the amount of $3.5 million.

     At December 31, 2003, the Company had regular net operating loss (“NOL”) carryovers of $188.8 million and alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) NOL carryovers of $161.0 million that expire between 2012 and 2021. Regular NOLs generally offset taxable income and to such extent, no income tax payments are required. For the period ending December 31, 2003, the Company will pay approximately $0.2 million in AMT. The Company has $26.9 million of NOLs generated in years prior to 1998 which are subject to yearly limitations due to IRC Section 382. The Company does not believe the application of the Section 382 limitation hinders their ability to utilize such NOLs and therefore, no valuation allowance has been provided. At December 31, 2003, the Company has AMT credit carryovers of $2.4 million that are not subject to limitation or expiration.

80


Table of Contents

(14)   EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

     The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
Numerator:
                       
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ 30,924     $ 25,766     $ 17,663  
Gain on retirement of preferred stock
                556  
Preferred stock dividends
    (803 )           (10 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Numerator for basic earnings per share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    30,121       25,766       18,209  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
    4,491              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Numerator for basic earnings per share
  $ 34,612     $ 25,766     $ 18,209  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ 30,924     $ 25,766     $ 17,663  
Gain on retirement of preferred stock
                556  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Numerator for diluted earnings per share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    30,924       25,766       18,219  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
    4,491              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Numerator for diluted earnings per share after assumed conversions and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ 35,415     $ 25,766     $ 18,219  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Denominator:
                       
Weighted average shares outstanding
    55,796       54,283       51,159  
Stock held in deferred compensation plan
    (1,524 )     (1,213 )     (1,002 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Weighted average shares, basic
    54,272       53,070       50,157  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Weighted average shares outstanding
    55,796       54,283       51,159  
Employee stock options and other
    442       135       106  
Common shares assumed for Convertible Preferred
    1,612              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Dilutive potential common shares for diluted earnings per share
    57,850       54,418       51,265  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Earnings per share basic and diluted:
                       
Before cumulative effect of accounting change
                       
Basic
  $ 0.56     $ 0.49     $ 0.36  
Diluted
  $ 0.53     $ 0.47     $ 0.36  
After cumulative effect of accounting change
                       
Basic
  $ 0.64     $ 0.49     $ 0.36  
Diluted
  $ 0.61     $ 0.47     $ 0.36  

During 2003, 2002, and 2001, 566,000, 160,000 and 129,000 stock options were included in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

81


Table of Contents

(15)   MAJOR CUSTOMERS

     The Company markets its production on a competitive basis. Gas is sold under various types of contracts ranging from life-of-the-well to short-term contracts that are cancelable within 30 days. Oil purchasers may be changed on 30 days notice. The price for oil is generally equal to a posted price set by major purchasers in the area. The Company sells to oil purchasers on the basis of price and service. For each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, three customers accounted for 10% or more of total oil and gas revenues and the combined sales to those three customers accounted for 49%, 35% and 50% of total oil and gas revenues, respectively. Management believes that the loss of any one customer would not have a material long-term adverse effect on the Company.

     From the inception of the Great Lakes joint venture through June 30, 2001, Great Lakes sold approximately 90% of its gas production to FirstEnergy, at prices based on the close of NYMEX each month plus a basis differential. FirstEnergy is a 50% owner in the Great Lakes joint venture. Effective July 1, 2001, Great Lakes began selling its gas to different companies, including FirstEnergy. In the year ended December 31, 2003, approximately 96% of Great Lakes gas was sold at prices based on the close of NYMEX contracts each month plus a basis differential. The remainder is sold at a fixed price.

(16)   OIL AND GAS ACTIVITIES

     The following summarizes selected information with respect to producing activities. Exploration costs include capitalized as well as expensed outlays:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
            (in thousands)        
Oil and gas properties:
                       
Properties subject to depletion
  $ 1,350,616     $ 1,135,590     $ 1,021,898  
Unproved properties
    12,195       18,959       25,731  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,362,811       1,154,549       1,047,629  
Accumulated depletion
    (639,429 )     (590,143 )     (514,272 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net
  $ 723,382     $ 564,406     $ 533,357  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Costs incurred:
                       
Acquisitions:
                       
Unproved leasehold
  $ 5,580     $ 6,147     $ 5,262  
Proved oil and gas properties
    90,723       15,632       4,227  
Gas gathering facilities
    4,622       11        
Development
    83,433       66,284       69,162  
Exploration(a)
    22,564       23,232       11,405  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total(b)
  $ 206,922     $ 111,306     $ 90,056  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(a)   Includes $13,946, $11,525, and $5,879 of exploration cost expensed in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
 
(b)   The Company has not included asset retirement obligation accruals in the costs incurred for oil and gas producing activities. For the year ended December 31, 2003, $3.4 million of asset retirement obligations were accrued for new wells and changes in estimates.

82


Table of Contents

(17)   INVESTMENT IN GREAT LAKES

     The Company owns 50% of Great Lakes and consolidates its proportionate interest in the joint venture’s assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. The following table summarizes the 50% interest in Great Lakes’ audited financial statements as of or for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

                 
    December 31,   December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (in thousands)
Balance Sheet:
               
Current assets
  $ 8,935     $ 8,356  
Oil and gas properties, net
    217,613       185,233  
Transportation and field assets, net
    14,735       15,428  
Unrealized derivative gain
    250       13  
Other assets
    295       117  
Current liabilities
    24,690       17,909  
Unrealized hedging loss
    4,533       3,188  
ARO liability
    16,413        
Long-term debt
    70,000       76,500  
Members’ equity
    126,192       111,550  
Statement of Operations:
               
Revenues
  $ 56,543     $ 52,201  
Direct operating expense
    10,221       7,996  
Exploration expense
    1,931       2,434  
G&A expense
    1,876       1,758  
Interest expense
    3,884       5,353  
DD&A
    14,568       14,257  
Pretax income
    24,063       20,403  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (before income taxes)
    1,601        
Net income(a)
    25,664       20,403  

               (a)Great Lakes, which is a limited liability corporation, does not provide for income taxes. Accordingly, there is no tax provision in the earnings disclosed above. However, the Company does recognize tax expense on Great Lakes earnings in its consolidated tax provision.

(18)   GAIN ON RETIREMENT OF SECURITIES

     During 2003, 129,000 shares (including shares issued for interest) of common stock were exchanged for $880,000 of 6% Debentures. A conversion expense of $465,000 was recorded on the exchange. In addition, $9.1 million of 6% Debentures, $500,000 of 8.75% Notes and $5.3 million of Trust Preferred Securities were repurchased for cash. Also in 2003, $10.2 million of cash and $50.0 million of the newly issued Convertible Preferred was exchanged for $79.5 million of Trust Preferred Securities. During 2002, 1.6 million shares of common stock were exchanged for $2.4 million of Trust Preferred Securities, $7.1 million of 6% Debentures and $875,000 of 8.75% Notes. In addition, $2.5 million of Trust Preferred Securities, $815,000 of 6% Debentures and $9.0 million of 8.75% Notes were repurchased. During 2001, 1.8 million shares of common stock were exchanged for $2.9 million of Trust Preferred Securities, $5.7 million of 6% Debentures and $3.4 million of 8.75% Notes. In addition, $50,000 of Trust Preferred Securities, $2.3 million of 6% Debentures and $42.5 million of 8.75% Notes were repurchased. Since 1998, there have been 15.4 million shares of common stock exchanged for convertible debt and securities in the amount of $96.7 million. In connection with these exchanges, gains of $19.0 million, $3.1 million and $4.0 million were recorded in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, because the securities were retired at a discount.

83


Table of Contents

(19)   UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL RESERVE INFORMATION

     The Company and its 50% pro rata portion of Great Lakes’ proved oil and gas reserves are located in the United States. Proved reserves are those quantities of crude oil and natural gas which, based upon analysis of geological and engineering data, can with reasonable certainty be recovered in the future from known oil and gas reservoirs. Proved developed reserves are those proved reserves, which can be expected to be recovered from existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods. Proved undeveloped oil and gas reserves are proved reserves that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage.

     The following schedules are presented in accordance with SFAS No. 69 (“SFAS 69”), “Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities,” to provide users with a common base for preparing estimates of future cash flows and comparing reserves among companies.

     Estimated Net Proved Oil and Natural Gas Reserves – Reserves of crude oil, condensate, natural gas liquids and natural gas are estimated by the Company’s engineers and are adjusted to reflect contractual arrangements and royalty rates in effect at the end of each year. Many assumptions and judgmental decisions are required to estimate reserves. Reported quantities are subject to future revisions, some of which may be substantial, as additional information becomes available from: reservoir performance, new geological and geophysical data, additional drilling, technological advancements, price changes and other economic factors.

     The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission defines proved reserves as those volumes of crude oil, condensate, natural gas liquids and natural gas that geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty are recoverable from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. Proved undeveloped reserves are volumes expected to be recovered as a result of additional investments for drilling new wells to offset productive units, recompleting existing wells, and/or installing facilities to collect and transport production.

     Production quantities shown are net volumes withdrawn from reservoirs. These may differ from sales quantities due to inventory changes, and especially in the case of natural gas, volumes consumed for fuel and/or shrinkage from extraction of natural gas liquids.

     SFAS 69 requires calculation of future net cash flows using a 10% annual discount factor and year-end prices, costs and statutory tax rates, except for known future changes such as contracted prices and legislated tax rates. The reported value of proved reserves is not necessarily indicative of either fair market value or present value of future cash flows because prices, costs and governmental policies do not remain static, appropriate discount rates may vary, and extensive judgment is required to estimate the timing of production. Other logical assumptions would likely have resulted in significantly different amounts.

     The average prices used at December 31, 2003 to estimate reserve information were $29.48 per barrel for oil, $19.93 per barrel for natural gas liquids and $6.03 per mcf for gas using the benchmark prices of $32.52 per barrel and $6.19 per Mmbtu. The average prices used at December 31, 2002 to estimate the reserve information were $27.52 per barrel for oil, $18.72 per barrel for natural gas liquids and $4.76 per mcf for gas using the benchmark NYMEX prices of $31.17 per barrel and $4.75 per Mmbtu. The average prices at December 31, 2001 were $17.59 per barrel for oil, $12.38 per barrel for natural gas liquids and $2.70 per mcf for gas using the benchmark NYMEX prices of $20.38 per barrel and $2.63 per Mmbtu.

84


Table of Contents

Quantities of Proved Reserves

                         
    Crude Oil           Natural
    and           Gas
    NGLs
  Natural Gas
  Equivalents
    (Mbbls)   (Mmcf)   (Mmcfe)
Balance, December 31, 2000
    26,002       427,667       583,679  
Revisions
    (3,359 )     (33,575 )     (53,728 )
Extensions, discoveries and additions
    479       31,542       34,414  
Purchases
    427       5,761       8,325  
Sales
    (627 )     (190 )     (3,955 )
Production
    (2,242 )     (42,278 )     (55,730 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2001
    20,680       388,927       513,005  
Revisions
    1,707       30,014       40,253  
Extensions, discoveries and additions
    2,830       45,652       62,635  
Purchases
    40       18,283       18,526  
Sales
    (26 )     (1,513 )     (1,669 )
Production
    (2,279 )     (41,096 )     (54,773 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
    22,952       440,267       577,977  
Revisions
    445       4,625       7,294  
Extensions, discoveries and additions
    3,331       48,364       68,351  
Purchases
    8,758       37,734       90,284  
Sales
    (39 )     (1,076 )     (1,312 )
Production
    (2,424 )     (43,510 )     (58,053 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003
    33,023       486,404       684,541  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Proved developed reserves
                       
December 31, 2001
    14,066       276,162       360,558  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
December 31, 2002
    17,176       320,224       423,280  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
December 31, 2003
    24,912       344,187       493,659  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The “Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Oil and Gas Reserves” (“Standardized Measure”) is a disclosure requirement of SFAS 69. The Standardized Measure does not purport to present the fair market value of proved oil and gas reserves. This would require consideration of expected future economic and operating conditions, which are not taken into account in calculating the Standardized Measure.

     Future cash inflows were estimated by applying year-end prices to the estimated future production less estimated future production costs based on year-end costs. Future net cash inflows were discounted using a 10% annual discount rate to arrive at the Standardized Measure.

85


Table of Contents

Standardized Measure

                         
    As of December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
            (in thousands)        
Future cash inflows
  $ 3,803,479     $ 2,697,068     $ 1,397,897  
Future costs:
                       
Production
    (542,052 )     (677,214 )     (471,144 )
Development
    (274,029 )     (204,137 )     (176,799 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Future net cash flows
    2,987,398       1,815,717       749,954  
Income taxes
    (701,830 )     (463,980 )     (87,745 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total undiscounted future net cash flows
    2,285,568       1,351,737       662,209  
10% discount factor
    (1,291,583 )     (852,104 )     (350,801 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Standardized measure
  $ 993,985     $ 499,633     $ 311,408  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Changes in Standardized Measure

                         
    As of December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
            (in thousands)        
Standardized measure, beginning of year
  $ 499,633     $ 311,408     $ 1,506,262  
Revisions:
                       
Prices
    143,472       212,091       (1,076,168 )
Quantities
    238,841       116,757       (8,244 )
Estimated future development cost
    (253,788 )     (208,183 )     (199,517 )
Accretion of discount
    96,515       39,915       196,426  
Income taxes
    (79,139 )     (103,529 )     114,556  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net revisions
    145,901       57,051       (972,947 )
Purchases
    129,957       17,815       6,245  
Extensions, discoveries and additions
    98,386       60,232       25,815  
Production
    (177,085 )     (150,511 )     (165,033 )
Development costs incurred
    204,137       176,799       204,137  
Sales
    (1,888 )     (1,605 )     (2,967 )
Changes in timing and other
    94,944       28,444       (290,104 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Standardized measure, end of year
  $ 993,985     $ 499,633     $ 311,408  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

86


Table of Contents

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

(Item 15[a 3])

     
Exhibit No.
  Description
2.1
  Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 13, 2003, by and between Wagner & Brown, Ltd. Canyon Energy Partners, Ltd, and Intercon Gas, Inc., as sellers and Range Production I, L.P. as purchaser. Certain of the Schedules identified in the Table of Contents of the Purchase and Sale Agreement have been omitted. Range Resources Corporation (the “Company”) agrees to furnish supplementally to the Commission on request a copy of any omitted schedules to the Purchase and Sale Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on January 5, 2004)
 
   
3.1.1
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lomak Petroleum, Inc. (“Lomak”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Company’s Form S-4 (File No. 33-108516)) as filed with the SEC on September 4, 2003)
 
   
3.1.2.
  Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation dated June 20, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.11 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
 
   
3.1.3.
  Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Lomak dated August 25, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-62439) as filed with the SEC on August 28, 1998)
 
   
3.1.4.
  Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated May 24, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.12 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2003)
 
   
3.1.5.
  Certificate of Correction to Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.5 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on November 5, 2003)
 
   
3.1.6.
  Certificate of Correction to Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.6 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on November 5, 2003)
 
   
3.2*
  Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company dated December 5, 2003
 
   
4.1.1
  Form of 6% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2007 (contained as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.1.2 hereto)
 
   
4.1.2
  Indenture dated December 20, 1996 by and between Lomak and Keycorp Shareholder Services, Inc., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(a) to Lomak’s Form S-3 (File No. 333-23955) as filed with the SEC on March 25, 1997)
 
   
4.1.3
  Form of 7.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (contained as an exhibit 4.1.4 hereto)
 
   
4.1.4
  Indenture dated July 21, 2003 by and among the Company, as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein), as guarantors, and Bank One, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4.2 to the Company is Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
 
   
4.1.5
  Registration Rights Agreement dated July 21, 2003 by and between the Company and UBS Securities LLC, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc., and McDonald Investments Inc., (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
 
   
4.3
  Certification of Designation of the 5.90% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on November 5, 2003)
 
   
10.1
  Form of Directors and Officers Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 (11) to Lomak’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 on Form S-4 to Form S-1 (File No. 333-47544) as filed with the SEC on January 18, 1994)
 
   
10.2.1
  Application Service Provider and Outsourcing Agreement dated June 1, 2000 by and between Applied Terravision Systems, Inc. and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 8, 2000)

 


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.
  Description
10.2.2
  Addendum to the certain Application Service Provider and Outstanding Agreement dated June 1, 2000 by and between Applied Terravision Systems, Inc. predecessor to CGI Information Systems & Management Systems, Inc. and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
 
   
10.3
  Consulting Agreement dated May 21, 2003 by and between the Company and Thomas J. Edelman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
 
   
10.4.1
  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 2, 2002 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2002)
 
   
10.4.2
  First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 27, 2002 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co- Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on March 5, 2003)
 
   
10.4.3
  Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated January 24, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co- Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint-Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2003)
 
   
10.4.4
  Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 1, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co- Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2003)
 
   
10.4.5
  Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 15, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Securities, Inc, as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.5 to the Company’s Form S-4 (File No. 333-108516) as filed with the SEC on September 4, 2003)
 
   
10.4.6
  Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated September 4, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on November 5, 2003)
 
   
10.4.7*
  Sixth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated October 1, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, NA, the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co- Documentation Agent, JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner and JPMorgan
 
   
10.4.8*
  Seventh Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 23, 2003 by and among the Company, Bank One, N.A., the Lenders (as defined therein), Bank One, NA as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp., as Co-Documentation

 


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.
  Description
  Agent, JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Bank One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner
 
   
10.5.1
  Restated Credit Agreement dated May 3, 2002 by and among Great Lakes Energy Partners, L.L.C. (“Great Lakes”), Bank One, NA, JPMorgan Chase Bank, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Bank of Scotland, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, Fortis Capital Corp., The Frost National Bank, Union Bank of California, N.A., each Lender (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Documentation Agent and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Managing Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
 
   
10.5.2
  First Amendment to Restated Credit Agreement dated April 1, 2003 by and among Great Lakes, Bank One, NA, JPMorgan Chase Bank, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Bank of Scotland, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, Fortis Capital Corp., The Frost National Bank, Union Bank of California, N.A., Comerica Bank-Texas, Natexis Banques Populaires, each Lender (as defined therein), Bank One, NA, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Syndication Agent, Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Co-Documentation Agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Co-Documentation Agent, Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Bookrunner, and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2003)
 
   
10.6
  Amended and Restated Range Resources Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Select Employees effective September 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Form 10-K (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on March 6, 2001)
 
   
10.7.1
  Lomak 1989 Stock Option Plan dated March 13, 1989 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(d) to Lomak’s Form S-1 (File No. 33-31558) as filed with the SEC on October 13, 1989)
 
   
10.7.2
  Amendment to the Lomak 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Lomak’s Form S-8 (File No.333-10719) as filed with the SEC on August 23, 1996)
 
   
10.7.3
  Amendment to the Lomak 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Lomak’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-44821) as filed with the SEC on January 23, 1998)
 
   
10.8.1
  Lomak 1994 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Lomak’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-10719) as filed with the SEC on August 23, 1996)
 
   
10.8.2
  First Amendment to the Lomak 1994 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan dated June 8, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
 
   
10.8.3
  Second Amendment to the Lomak 1994 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan dated August 21, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
 
   
10.8.4
  Third Amendment to the Lomak 1994 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan dated June 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
 
   
10.8.5
  Fourth Amendment to the Company’s 1994 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan dated May 24, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
 
   
10.9
  Second Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of Domain Energy Corporation and Affiliates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-62439) as filed with the SEC on August 28, 1998)
 
   
10.10.1
  Lomak 1997 Stock Purchase Plan, as amended, dated June 19, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(1) to Lomak’s Form 10-K (File No. 001-12209) as filed with the SEC on March 20, 1998)
 
   
10.10.2
  First Amendment to the Lomak 1997 Stock Purchase Plan dated May 26, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
 
   
10.10.3
  Second Amendment to the Lomak 1997 Stock Purchase Plan dated September 28, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
 
   
10.10.4
  Third Amendment to the Company’s 1997 Stock Purchase Plan dated May 24, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-40380) as filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000)
 
   
10.10.5
  Fourth Amendment to the Company’s 1997 Stock Purchase Plan dated May 24, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-63764) as filed with the SEC on June 25, 2001)

 


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.
  Description
10.11
  Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan (as amended May 21, 2003) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-105895) as filed with the SEC on June 6, 2003)
 
   
10.12
  Range Resources Corporation 401(k) Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Form S-4 (File No. 333-108516) as filed with the SEC on September 4, 2003)
 
   
10.13
  Range Resources Corporation Amended and Restated Change in Control Plan dated September 15, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Form S-4 (File No. 333-108516), as filed with the SEC on September 4, 2003)
 
   
14.1*
  Code of Ethics
 
   
21.1*
  Subsidiaries of Registrant
 
   
23.1*
  Consent of Independent Public Accountants
 
   
23.2*
  Consent of Independent Public Accountants
 
   
23.3*
  Consent of Independent Public Accountants
 
   
23.4*
  Consent of H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc., independent consulting engineers
 
   
23.5*
  Consent of DeGoyler and MacNaughton, independent consulting engineers
 
   
23.6*
  Consent of Wright and Company, independent consulting engineers
 
   
31.1*
  Certification by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
31.2*
  Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
32.1*
  Certification by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
32.2*
  Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
99*
  Audit Committee Charter


    *Filed herewith.

 



                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2

                           RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION
                          AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

                      (AS AMENDED THROUGH DECEMBER 5, 2003)

                                    PREAMBLE

These By-laws are subject to, and governed by, the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware (the "Delaware General Corporation Law") and the
certificate of incorporation (as the same may be amended and restated from time
to time, the "Certificate of Incorporation") of Range Resources Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"). In the event of a direct conflict
between the provisions of these By-laws and the mandatory provisions of the
Delaware General Corporation Law or the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation, such provisions of the Delaware General
Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as the
case may be, will be controlling.

                                   ARTICLE I

Offices

Section 1.1 Registered Office. The initial registered office in the State of
Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name
of the resident agent in charge thereof is The Corporation Trust Company. The
registered office and registered agent of the Corporation shall be as designated
from time to time by the appropriate filing by the Corporation in the office of
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other
places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors
of the Corporation (the "Board") may from time to time determine or the business
of the Corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

Section 2.1 Place of Meeting. All meetings of stockholders of the Corporation
("Stockholders") for the election of directors of the Corporation ("Directors")
shall be held in the city of Fort Worth, Texas, or in such other places both
within and without the State of Delaware as the Board may determine; and the
Board shall fix the place within such city for the holding of such meeting.
Meetings of Stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such place, within
or without the State of Delaware, and time as shall be stated in the notice of
the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

                                       1


Section 2.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of Stockholders (the "Annual
Meeting") shall be held the second to last Thursday in May in each year
commencing at 9:00 a.m., or at such time as the Board shall designate. The
meeting shall be held for the purpose of electing by a plurality vote a Board
and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the
meeting. If the election of Directors shall not be held on the day designated
for any Annual Meeting, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board shall cause the
election to be held at a special meeting of the Stockholders as soon thereafter
as conveniently possible. Except as otherwise permitted by law, no Stockholder
shall require the Board to call an Annual Meeting.

Section 2.3 Special Meeting. Special meetings of the Stockholders, for any
purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the
Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the
President or the Board, and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, the
President, a Vice President or the Secretary at the request in writing of
Stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the
Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall
state the purpose of the proposed meeting. The Chairman of the Board, President
or Directors so calling, or the Stockholders so requesting, any such meeting
shall fix the time and any place, either within or without the State of
Delaware, as the place for holding such meeting. Only such business shall be
transacted at a special meeting as may be stated or indicated in the notice of
such meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 2.4 Notice of Meeting. Written notice of the Annual Meeting, and each
special meeting of Stockholders, stating, in the case of a special meeting, the
time, place and, in general terms, the objects thereof, shall be served upon,
mailed to or otherwise given to each Stockholder entitled to vote thereat, at
least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days before the date of the
meeting. If such notice is to be sent by mail, it shall be directed to each
Stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation,
unless he shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written
request that notices to him be mailed to some other address, in which case it
shall be directed to him at such other address. Notice of any meeting of
Stockholders shall not be required to be given to any Stockholder who shall
attend such meeting in person or by proxy and shall not, at the beginning of
such meeting, object to the transaction of any business because the meeting is
not lawfully called or convened, or who shall, either before or after the
meeting, submit a signed waiver of notice, in person or by proxy.

Section 2.5 Quorum. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of Stockholders for the
transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate
of Incorporation or these By-laws. If a quorum shall not be present, in person
or by proxy, at any meeting of Stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the
chairman of the meeting or a majority in interest of the Stockholders entitled
to vote thereat who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting
from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting (unless
the Board, after such adjournment, fixes a new record date for the adjourned
meeting), until a quorum shall be present, in person or by proxy. At any
adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, in person or by proxy, any
business may be transacted which may have been transacted at the original
meeting had a quorum been present, in person or by proxy; provided that, if the
adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days

                                       2


or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Stockholder of
record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.

Section 2.6 Voting. When a quorum is present at any meeting of Stockholders, the
vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in
person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such
meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of the
statutes, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, a different vote is
required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the
decision of such question. The Stockholders present at a meeting constituted in
accordance with these By-laws may continue to transact business until
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Stockholders to leave less
than a quorum. Every Stockholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to
vote in person, or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by
such Stockholder, bearing a date not more than eleven months prior to voting,
unless such instrument provides for a longer period, and filed with the
Secretary of the Corporation before, or at the time of, the meeting. If such
instrument of proxy shall designate two or more persons to act as proxies,
unless such instrument shall provide to the contrary, a majority of such persons
present at any meeting at which their powers thereunder are to be exercised
shall have and may exercise all the powers of voting or giving consents thereby
conferred, or if only one be present, then such powers may be exercised by that
one; or, if an even number attend and a majority do not agree on any particular
issue, each proxy so attending shall be entitled to exercise such powers in
respect of the same portion of the shares as he is of the proxies representing
such shares. Every such Stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock
having voting power registered in his name on the books of the Corporation.
Except where the transfer books of the Corporation shall have been closed or a
date shall have been fixed as a record date for the determination of its
Stockholders entitled to vote, no share of stock shall be voted at any election
for Directors which has been transferred on the books of the Corporation within
twenty (20) days next preceding such election of Directors. No proxy shall be
valid after three (3) years from the date of its execution, unless otherwise
provided in the proxy. If no date is stated in a proxy, such proxy shall be
presumed to have been executed on the date of the meeting at which it is to be
voted. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be
irrevocable and coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an
irrevocable power or unless otherwise made irrevocable by law.

Section 2.7 Voting of Stock of Certain Holders. Shares standing in the name of
another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or
proxy as the By-laws of such corporation may prescribe or, in the absence of
such provision, as the Board of such corporation may determine. Shares standing
in the name of a deceased person may be voted by the executor or administrator
of such deceased person, either in person or by proxy. Shares standing in the
name of a guardian, conservator or trustee may be voted by such fiduciary,
either in person or by proxy, but no such fiduciary shall be entitled to vote
shares held in such fiduciary capacity without a transfer of such shares into
the name of such fiduciary. Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be
voted by such receiver. A Stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled
to vote such shares, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the
Corporation, he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which
case only the pledgee, or his proxy, may represent the stock and vote thereon.

                                       3


Section 2.8 Treasury Stock. The Corporation shall not vote, directly or
indirectly, shares of its own stock owned by it; and such shares shall not be
counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares.

Section 2.9 Closing Transfer Books or Fixing Record Date. The Board may close
the stock transfer books of the Corporation for a period not exceeding sixty
(60) days preceding the date of any meeting of Stockholders, or the date for
payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the allotment of rights
or the date when any change, or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go
into effect or for a period not exceeding sixty (60) days in connection with
obtaining the consent of Stockholders for any purpose. In lieu of closing the
stock transfer books as aforesaid, the Board may fix in advance a date, not
exceeding sixty (60) days preceding the date of any meeting of Stockholders, or
the date for payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the
allotment of rights, or the date when any change, or conversion or exchange of
capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with obtaining such
consent, as a record date for the determination of the Stockholders entitled to
notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or
entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to any such
allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change,
conversion or exchange of capital stock, or to give such consent, and in such
case such Stockholders and only such Stockholders as shall be Stockholders of
record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at,
such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend
or distribution, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such
rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any
transfer of any stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date
fixed as aforesaid.

Section 2.10 Notice of Stockholder Business at Annual Meeting

                  (a)      At an Annual Meeting of the Stockholders, only such
business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i)
pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of
a majority of the members of the Board, or (iii) by any Stockholder of the
Corporation who is a Stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice
provided for in these By-laws, who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting,
and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in paragraph (b) of this
Section 2.10.

                  (b)      For business to be properly brought before an Annual
Meeting by a Stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a) of this
Section 2.10, the Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing
to the Secretary of the Corporation at the Corporation's principal place of
business. To be timely, a Stockholder's notice must be received at the principal
executive offices of the Corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120)
calendar days before the date of the Corporation's proxy statement released to
Stockholders in connection with the previous year's Annual Meeting; provided,
however, if the Corporation did not hold an Annual Meeting the previous year, or
if the date of the current year's Annual Meeting is changed by more than thirty
(30) days from the date of the previous year's meeting, then the deadline is a
reasonable time before the Corporation begins to print and mail its proxy
materials. A Stockholder's notice to the Secretary with respect to business to
be brought at an Annual Meeting shall set forth (i) the nature of the proposed
business with reasonable particularity, including the exact text of any proposal
to be presented for adoption, and the reasons for conducting that business at
the Annual Meeting, (ii) with respect to each such

                                       4


Stockholder, that Stockholder's name and address (as they appear on the records
of the Corporation), business address and telephone number, residence address
and telephone number, and the number of shares of each class of capital stock of
the Corporation beneficially owned by that Stockholder and (iii) any interest of
the Stockholder in the proposed business.

                  (c)      Notwithstanding anything in these By-laws to the
contrary, no business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting except in
accordance with the procedures set forth in these By-laws. The chairman of an
Annual Meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting
that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with
the procedures prescribed by these By-laws, and if he should so determine, he
shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought
before the meeting shall not be transacted. Nothing in these By-laws shall
relieve a Stockholder who proposes to conduct business at an Annual Meeting from
complying with all applicable requirements, if any, of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations
thereunder.

Section 2.11 Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of
Stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

Section 2.12 Conduct of Meeting. The Chairman of the Board, if such office has
been filled, and, if not or if the Chairman of the Board is absent or otherwise
unable to act, the President shall preside at all meetings of Stockholders. The
Secretary shall keep the records of each meeting of Stockholders. In the absence
or inability to act of any such officer, such officer's duties shall be
performed by the officer given the authority to act for such absent or
non-acting officer under these By-laws or by some person appointed by the
meeting.

Section 2.13 Certain Rules of Procedure Relating to Stockholder Meetings. All
Stockholder meetings, annual or special, shall be governed in accordance with
the following rules:

                  (a)      only Stockholders of record will be permitted to
present motions from the floor at any meeting of Stockholders; and

                  (b)      the chairman of the meeting shall preside over and
conduct the meeting, and all questions of procedure or conduct of the meeting
shall be decided solely by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the
meeting shall have all power and authority vested in a presiding officer by law
or practice to conduct an orderly meeting. Among other things, the chairman of
the meeting shall have the power to adjourn or recess the meeting, to silence or
expel persons to ensure the orderly conduct of the meeting, to declare motions
or persons out of order, to prescribe rules of conduct and an agenda for the
meeting, to impose reasonable time limits on questions and remarks by any
Stockholder, to limit the number of questions a Stockholder may ask, to limit
the nature of questions and comments to one subject matter at a time as dictated
by any agenda for the meeting, to limit the number of speakers or persons
addressing the chairman of the meeting or the meeting, to determine when the
polls shall be closed, to limit the attendance at the meeting to Stockholders of
record, beneficial owners of stock who present letters from the record holders
confirming their status as beneficial owners, and the proxies of such record and
beneficial holders, and to limit the number of proxies a Stockholder may name.

                                       5


Section 2.14 Requests for Stockholder List and Corporation Records. Stockholders
shall have those rights afforded under the Delaware General Corporation Law to
inspect a list of Stockholders and other related records and make copies or
extracts therefrom. Such request shall be in writing in compliance with Section
220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, any Stockholder making
such a request must agree that any information so inspected, copied or extracted
by the Stockholder shall be kept confidential, that any copies or extracts of
such information shall be returned to the Corporation and that such information
shall only be used for the purpose stated in the request. Information so
requested shall be made available for inspecting, copying or extracting at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation. Each Stockholder desiring a
photostatic or other duplicate copies of any of such information requested shall
make arrangements to provide such duplicating or other equipment necessary in
the city where the Corporation's principal executive offices are located.
Alternative arrangements with respect to this Section 2.14 may be permitted in
the discretion of the President of the Corporation or by vote of the Board.

                                  ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

Section 3.1 Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed
by its Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all
such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these By-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by
the Stockholders.

Section 3.2 Number, Election and Term. The number of Directors which shall
constitute the whole Board shall be not less than three (3) nor more than
fifteen (15). Such number of Directors shall, from time to time, be fixed and
determined by the Directors and shall be set forth in the notice of any meeting
of Stockholders held for the purpose of electing Directors. Election of
Directors need not be by ballot. The Directors shall be elected at the Annual
Meeting of Stockholders at which a quorum is present by a plurality of the votes
of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on
the election of directors or a class of directors, except as provided in
Sections 2.2 and 3.4. Each Director elected shall hold office until the Annual
Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation next succeeding his election or until
his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or
removal. Directors need not be residents of Delaware or Stockholders of the
Corporation.

Section 3.3 Nomination of Director Candidates.

                  (a)      Nominations of persons for election to the Board at a
meeting of Stockholders may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board or
(ii) by any Stockholder of the Corporation who is a Stockholder of record at the
time of giving of notice provided for in these By-laws, who shall be entitled to
vote for the election of the director so nominated and who complies with the
notice procedures set forth in these By-laws.

                                       6


                  (b)      Nominations by Stockholders shall be made pursuant to
timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the
Corporation's principal place of business. To be timely, a Stockholder's notice
must be received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) in
the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than one hundred twenty (120) calendar
days before the date of the Corporation's proxy statement released to
Stockholders in connection with the previous year's Annual Meeting; provided,
however, if the Corporation did not hold an Annual Meeting the previous year, or
if the date of the current year's Annual Meeting is changed by more than thirty
(30) days from the date of the previous year's meeting, then the deadline is a
reasonable time before the Corporation begins to print and mail its proxy
materials, and (ii) in the case of a special meeting at which directors are to
be elected, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day
following the earlier of the day on which notice of the date of the meeting was
mailed or public disclosure of the meeting date was made. Such notice shall set
forth (x) as to each nominee for election as a Director, all information
relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations
of proxies for election of Directors, or that otherwise would be required, in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such
person's written consent to serve as a Director if elected and, if applicable,
to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee), and (y) if the nomination
is submitted by a Stockholder of record, (1) the name and address, as they
appear on the Corporation's books, of such Stockholder of record and the name
and address of the beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf the
nomination is made and (2) the class and number of shares of the Corporation
which are beneficially owned and owned of record by such Stockholder of record
and such beneficial owner. At the request of the Board, any person nominated by
the Board for election as a Director shall furnish the Secretary of the
Corporation that information required to be set forth in the Stockholder's
notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.

                  (c)      No person shall be eligible to serve as a Director of
the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in
these By-laws. The election of any Director in violation of these By-laws shall
be void and of no force or effect. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the
facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not
made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these By-laws, and if he
should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective
nomination shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
these By-laws, a Stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements
of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the
matters set forth in these By-laws.

Section 3.4 Vacancies and Additional Directors. Any Director may resign at any
time by written notice to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take
effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later time specified
therein, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If any vacancy occurs
in the Board caused by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or
removal from office of any Director, or otherwise, or if any new directorship is
created by an increase in the authorized number of Directors, a majority of the
Directors then in office, though less than a quorum, may choose a successor or
fill the newly created directorship; and a Director so chosen shall hold office
until the next election of the class for which such Director shall have been
chosen, and until his successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify, unless
sooner displaced. No decrease

                                       7


in the number of Directors constituting the entire Board shall have the effect
of shortening the term of any incumbent Director.

Section 3.5 Regular Meeting. A regular meeting of the Board shall be held each
year, without other notice than these By-laws, at the place of, and immediately
following, the Annual Meeting of Stockholders; and other regular meetings of the
Board shall be held each year, at such time and place as the Board may provide,
by resolution, either within or without the State of Delaware, without other
notice than such resolution.

Section 3.6 Special Meeting. A special meeting of the Board may be called by the
Chairman of the Board or by the President and shall be called by the Secretary
on the written request of a majority of the Directors. The Chairman of the Board
or President so calling, or the Directors so requesting, any such meeting shall
fix the time and any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as
the place for holding such meeting.

Section 3.7 Notice of Special Meeting. Written notice of special meetings of the
Board shall be given to each Director at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to
the time of such meeting. Any Director may waive notice of any meeting. The
attendance of a Director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the purpose of
objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
of, any special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice of waiver
of notice of such meeting, except that notice shall be given of any proposed
amendment to these By-laws if it is to be adopted at any special meeting or with
respect to any other matter where notice is required by statute.

Section 3.8 Quorum. A majority of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and the act of a majority
of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the
act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute,
by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. If a quorum shall not
be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present thereat may
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. A majority of committee members
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of a
Board committee; provided, however, that fifty percent (50%) of the members of
any committee of the Board shall constitute a quorum for transacting business at
any meeting of such committee, if such committee is comprised of an even number
of committee members.

Section 3.9 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, as
provided in Article IV of these By-laws, may be taken without a meeting, if a
written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or of such
committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 3.10 Presumption of Assent. A Director of the Corporation who is present
at a meeting of the Board at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall
be conclusively presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent
shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting

                                       8


or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person
acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall
forward such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary of the Corporation
immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall
not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.

Section 3.11 Compensation. Directors, as such, shall not be entitled to any
stated salary for their services unless voted by the Directors; but by
resolution of the Board, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be
allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board or any
meeting of a committee of Directors. No provision of these By-laws shall be
construed to preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

                                   ARTICLE IV

Committee of Directors

Section 4.1 Designation, Powers and Name. The Board may, by resolution passed by
a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such
committee to consist of two or more of the Directors of the Corporation, which
shall have and may exercise such of the powers of the Board in the management of
the business and affairs of the Corporation, as may be provided in the
resolution, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it. In the absence or disqualification of any member of
such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any
meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a
quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the
meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Such committee
or committees shall have such name or names and such limitations of authority as
may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. The
Board may also designate a member of any such committee to be the Chairman
thereof, and such Chairman shall preside at the meetings of such committee and
shall perform such other duties as may be designated by the Board.

Section 4.2 Minutes. Each committee of Directors shall keep regular minutes of
its proceedings and report the same to the Board when required.

Section 4.3 Compensation. Members of a special or standing committees may be
allowed compensation for attending committee meetings, if the Board shall so
determine.

                                   ARTICLE V

Notice

Section 5.1 Methods of Giving Notice. Whenever under the provisions of the
statutes, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws notice is required
to be given to any Director, member of any committee or Stockholder, and no
provision is made as to how such notice shall

                                       9


be given, personal notice shall not be required and any such notice may be given
(a) in writing, by mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such committee member,
Director or Stockholder at his address as it appears on the books or (in the
case of a Stockholder) the stock transfer records of the Corporation, or (b) by
any other method permitted by law (including but not limited to overnight
courier service, telegram, telex or telefax). If mailed, notice to a Director,
member of a committee or Stockholder shall be deemed to be given when deposited
in the United States mail in a sealed envelope, with postage thereon prepaid,
addressed, in the case of a Stockholder, to the Stockholder at the Stockholder's
address as it appears on the records of the Corporation or, in the case of a
Director or a member of a committee to such person at his business address. If
sent by telegraph, notice to a Director or member of a committee shall be deemed
to be given when the telegram, so addressed, is delivered to the telegraph
company.

Section 5.2 Written Waiver. Whenever any notice is required to be given under
the provisions of the statutes, the Certificate of Incorporation or these
By-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled
to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent thereto. Attendance of a Stockholder, Director, or committee member
at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where
such person attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of
any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

                                   ARTICLE VI

Officers

Section 6.1 Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the
Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board (if such office is created by the Board), a
President, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be
designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), a Secretary and a
Treasurer. The Board may by resolution create the office of Vice Chairman of the
Board and define the duties of such office. The Board may appoint such other
officers and agents, including Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries
and Assistant Treasurers, as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their
offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as
shall be determined by the Board. Any two or more offices, other than the
offices of the President and Secretary, or Chairman of the Board and Secretary,
may be held by the same person. No officer shall execute, acknowledge, verify or
countersign any instrument on behalf of the Company in more than one capacity,
if such instrument is required by law, these By-laws or any act of the
Corporation to be executed, acknowledged, verified or countersigned by two or
more officers. The Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board (if such
office is created by the Board) and President shall be elected from among the
Directors. With the foregoing exceptions, none of the other officers need be a
Director, and none of the officers need be a Stockholder of the Corporation or a
resident of the State of Delaware.

Section 6.2 Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall
be elected annually by the Board at its first regular meeting held after the
Annual Meeting of Stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently possible.
Each officer shall hold office until his successor

                                       10


shall have been chosen and shall have qualified or until his death or the
effective date of his resignation or removal, or until he shall cease to be a
Director in the case of the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board
and President.

Section 6.3 Removal and Resignation. Any officer or agent elected or appointed
by the Board may be removed without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the Board whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the Corporation
shall be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the
contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer may resign at
any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall
take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time
specified therein, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of
such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 6.4 Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by
death, resignation, removal or otherwise, may be filled by the Board for the
unexpired portion of the term.

Section 6.5 Salaries. The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation
shall be fixed by the Board or pursuant to its direction and no officer shall be
prevented from receiving such salary by reason of his also being a Director.

Section 6.6 Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall be a member
of the Board. By virtue of his office he shall be a member of the Executive
Committee if such committee be created. He shall preside at all meetings of the
Board and Stockholders of the Corporation. He shall formulate and submit to the
Board or the Executive Committee matters of general policy for the Corporation
and shall perform such other duties as usually appertain to the office or may be
designated by the Board or the Executive Committee. He may be designated by the
Board as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and in the event he is
so designated shall have the duties and powers of the Chief Executive Officer as
provided in Section 6.8.

Section 6.7 President. The President shall be a member of the Board. By virtue
of his office he shall be a member of the Executive Committee if such committee
is created. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Vice Chairman of
the Board (if such office is created by the Board), the President shall preside
at all meetings of the Board and the Stockholders. He may also preside at any
such meeting attended by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board as he is so
designated by the Chairman of the Board when he is present, or in the Chairman
of the Board's absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board. The President may be
designated as the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation and as such,
subject to the control of the Board, the Executive Committee and the Chairman of
the Board (if the Chairman of the Board shall have been designated Chief
Executive Officer), shall supervise and direct the operations of the Corporation
and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board, the
Executive Committee or the Chairman of the Board (if the Chairman of the Board
shall have been designated Chief Executive Officer). He may sign with the
Secretary, or any other officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the
Board, certificates for shares of the Corporation and any deeds, bonds,
mortgages, contracts, checks, notes, drafts or other instruments which the Board
has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution
thereof has been expressly delegated by these By-laws or by the Board to some
other officer or agent of the

                                       11


Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed. The President
may be designated by the Board as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation
and in the event he is so designated shall have the duties and powers of the
Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation as provided in Section 6.8. In the
absence of the Chairman of the Board (if he shall have been designated as Chief
Executive Officer) or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the
President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief
Executive Officer.

Section 6.8 Chief Executive Officer. The Board may designate either the Chairman
of the Board or the President as the Chief Executive Officer, and such officer
so designated, subject to the control of the Board, shall be responsible for and
control the business and affairs of the Corporation.

  He shall be the Chairman of the Executive Committee, if such committee shall
be created by the Directors, unless the Board shall have designated another
Director of the Corporation as the Chairman of the Executive Committee.

  He shall have the power to appoint and remove subordinate officers, agents and
employees, except those elected or appointed by the Board. The Chief Executive
Officer shall keep the Board and the Executive Committee fully informed and
shall consult with them concerning the business of the Corporation. He may sign
with the Secretary or any other officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized
by the Board, certificates for shares of the Corporation and any deeds, bonds,
mortgages, contracts, checks, notes, drafts or other instruments which the Board
has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution
thereof has been expressly delegated by these By-laws or by the Board to some
other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be
otherwise executed. He shall vote, or give a proxy to any other officer of the
Corporation to vote, all shares of the stock of any other corporation standing
in the name of the Corporation and in general he shall perform all other duties
as usually appertain to the Chief Executive Officer and such other duties as may
be prescribed by the Stockholders, the Board or the Executive Committee from
time to time.

Section 6.9 Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents shall perform such duties as
from time to time may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer, the
Board or the Executive Committee. If directed by the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer or the President, any Vice President may sign with the Secretary or any
other officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board, certificates
for shares of the Corporation and any deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts,
checks, notes, drafts or other instruments which the Board has authorized to be
executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof has been
expressly delegated by these By-laws or by the Board to some other officer or
agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed.

Section 6.10 Secretary. The Secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the
meetings of the Stockholders, the Board, the Executive Committee and such other
committees as the Board shall designate; (b) see that all notices are duly given
in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws or as required by law; (c)
keep or cause to be kept a register of the post office address of each
Stockholder which shall be furnished by such Stockholder; (d) sign with the
President certificates for shares of the Corporation, the issue of which shall
have been authorized by resolution of the Board; (e) have general charge of the
stock transfer books of the Corporation;

                                       12


and (f) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and
such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Chief
Executive Officer, the Board or the Executive Committee.

Section 6.11 Treasurer. If required by the Board, the Treasurer shall give a
bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety
or sureties as the Board shall determine. He shall: (a) have charge and custody
of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation; (b)
receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any
source whatsoever and deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in
such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.4; (c) prepare, or cause to be
prepared, such reports as shall be requested by the Directors, the Executive
Committee or the Chief Executive Officer; and (d) in general, perform all the
duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to
time may be assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the
Executive Committee.

Section 6.12 Assistant Secretary or Treasurer. The Assistant Secretaries and
Assistant Treasurers shall, in general, perform such duties as shall be assigned
to them by the Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by the Chief
Executive Officer, the Board or the Executive Committee. The Assistant
Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall, in the absence of the Secretary or
Treasurer, respectively, perform all functions and duties which such absent
officers may delegate, but such delegation shall not relieve the absent officer
from the responsibilities and liabilities of his office. The Assistant
Secretaries may sign with the President certificates for shares of the
Corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of
the Board. The Assistant Treasurers shall, respectively, if required by the
Board, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and
with such sureties as the Board shall determine.

                                  ARTICLE VII

Contracts, Loans, Checks and Deposits

Section 7.1 Contracts. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, the Board may
authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract
or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the
Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific
instances.

Section 7.2 Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and
no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a
resolution of the Board (or a resolution of a committee of Directors pursuant to
authority conferred upon the committee). Such authority may be general or
confined to specific instances.

Section 7.3 Checks, etc. All checks, demands, drafts or other orders for the
payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of
the Corporation, shall be

                                       13


signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the Corporation,
and in such manner, as shall be determined by the Board.

Section 7.4 Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall
be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks,
trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

Certificates of Stock

Section 8.1 Issuance. Each Stockholder of this Corporation whose shares have
been fully paid up shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates showing
the number of shares registered in his name on the books of the Corporation. The
certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as may be
determined by the Board, shall be issued in numerical order and shall be entered
in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall exhibit the
holder's name and number of shares, shall be signed by the President and by the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall bear the seal of the Corporation and
shall be countersigned by any Transfer Agent and Registrar designated and
appointed by the Board. If any stock certificate is signed (1) by a transfer
agent or an assistant transfer agent, or (2) by a transfer clerk acting on
behalf of the Corporation and a registrar, the signature of any such officer and
the seal of the Corporation thereon may be facsimile. All certificates
surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and no new
certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of
shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except that in the case of a
lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate a new one may be issued
therefor upon such terms and with such indemnity (if any) to the Corporation as
the Board may prescribe. Certificates shall not be issued representing
fractional shares of stock.

Section 8.2 Lost Certificates. The Board may direct a new certificate or
certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such
issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board may, in its discretion as
a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost,
stolen or destroyed certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the
same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in
such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made
against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been
lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 8.3 Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent
of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by
proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be
the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
Transfer of shares shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by

                                       14


registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of
attorney and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or the Transfer Agent.

Section 8.4 Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat
the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact
thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other
claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person,
whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as
otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

Section 8.5 Regulations. The Board shall have the power and authority to make
all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue,
transfer and registration or the replacement of certificates for shares of stock
of the Corporation.

Section 8.6 Legends. The Board shall have the power and authority to provide
that certificates representing shares of stock bear such legends as the Board
deems appropriate to assure that the Corporation does not become liable for
violations of federal or state securities laws or other applicable law.

                                   ARTICLE IX

Dividends

Section 9.1 Declaration. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation,
subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be
declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law.
Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock,
subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Such declaration
and payment shall be at the discretion of the Board.

Section 9.2 Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out
of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the
Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for
repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other
purpose as the Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the
Corporation, and the Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the
manner in which it was created.

                                   ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

Section 10.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined
by the Board.

Section 10.2 Books. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any
provisions contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at the
offices of the Corporation in Fort

                                       15


Worth, Texas, or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to
time by the Board.

Section 10.3 Securities of Other Corporations. With the prior approval of a
majority of the Corporation's Board, the Chairman of the Board, the President,
or any Vice President, the Corporation shall have the power and authority to
transfer, endorse for transfer, vote, consent, or take any other action with
respect to any securities of another issuer which may be held or owned by the
Corporation and to make, execute, and deliver any waiver, proxy or consent with
respect to any such securities.

Section 10.4 Telephone Meetings. Stockholders (acting for themselves or through
a proxy), members of the Board and members of a committee of the Board may
participate in and hold a meeting of such Stockholders, Board or committee by
means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of
which persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and participation
in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at
such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express
purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 10.5 Invalid Provisions. If any part of these By-laws shall be held
invalid or inoperative for any reason, the remaining parts, so far as it is
possible and reasonable, shall remain valid and operative.

Section 10.6 Mortgages, etc. With respect to any deed, deed of trust, mortgage
or other instrument executed by the Corporation through its duly authorized
officer or officers, the attestation to such execution by the Secretary of the
Corporation shall not be necessary to constitute such deed, deed of trust,
mortgage or other instrument a valid and binding obligation against the
Corporation unless the resolutions, if any, of the Board authorizing such
execution expressly state that such attestation is necessary.

Section 10.7 Headings. The headings used in these By-laws have been inserted for
administrative convenience only and do not constitute matter to be construed in
interpretation.

Section 10.8 References. Whenever herein the singular number is used, the same
shall include the plural where appropriate, and words of any gender should
include each other gender where appropriate.

                                   ARTICLE XI

Amendment

  These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed by a majority of the Board
present at any regular meeting of the Board without prior notice, or at any
special meeting of the Board if notice of such alteration, amendment or repeal
be contained in the notice of such special meeting. In addition to any
affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the

                                       16


capital stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of not
less than eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation then
entitled to vote upon the election of directors, voting together as a single
class, shall be required for the alteration, amendment, or repeal of the By-laws
or adoption of new By-laws by the Stockholders of the Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE XII

Indemnification

Section 12.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or
is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he, or a person of whom
he is the legal representative, is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent
of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to
employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action
in an official capacity as a Director, officer, employee or agent or in any
other capacity while serving as a Director, officer, employee or agent, shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent
authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may
hereafter be amended, (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the
extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader
indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior
to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss (including
attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts
paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered
by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and
shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators. The right
to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall
include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in
defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided,
however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of
such expenses incurred by a Director or officer in his capacity as a Director or
officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by
such person while a Director or officer, including, without limitation, service
to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a
proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an
undertaking, by or on behalf of such Director or officer, to repay all amounts
so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director or officer
is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.

Section 12.2 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the
payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final
disposition conferred in this Section shall not be exclusive of any other right
which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of
the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders
or disinterested directors or otherwise.

                                       17


Section 12.3 Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense,
to protect itself and any Director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,
liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                                       18


List of Amendments:

April 13, 1994             Addition of Article XII

September 10, 1997         Change of record date to meeting date period from 50
                           to 60 days by deleting Section 2.9 of Article II in
                           its entirety and replacing it with the current
                           Section 2.9.

August 25, 1998            Name change from Lomak Petroleum, Inc. to Range
                           Resources Corporation

May 24, 2001               (a) Quorum for Committees changed to fifty percent to
                           accommodate committees that have four members; (b)
                           numerous cosmetic changes for wording changes; and
                           (c) added provisions for updated proxy procedures for
                           Annual Meeting and procedures for Annual Meeting. See
                           Exhibit A to Minutes for blackline of all changes.

July 14, 2003              Required notice to directors of a special meeting
                           changed from 48 hours to 24 hours (Section 3.7).

December 5, 2003           (a) Revised stockholder proposal submission
                           provisions and provisions relating to stockholders
                           nominating directors to conform with Rule 14a-8 of
                           Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of
                           1934 (Section 2.10(b) and Section 3.3(b)); (b)
                           revised language to specifically provide that Vice
                           Presidents may be designated Executive Vice President
                           or Senior Vice President (Section 6.1); (c) revised
                           language to provide that the President may be
                           designated the Chief Operating Officer rather than
                           the President automatically becomes Chief Operating
                           Officer by virtue of his position as President
                           (Section 6.7); (d) added language to provide Vice
                           Presidents with the authority, if directed by the
                           Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President,
                           to sign with the Secretary or any other officer
                           authorized by the Board, certificates for shares of
                           the Corporation and any deeds, bonds, mortgages,
                           contracts, checks, notes, drafts or other instruments
                           which the Board has authorized to be executed, except
                           in cases where the signing and execution has been
                           expressly delegated by the By-laws or the Board to
                           some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or is
                           required by law to be otherwise executed (Section
                           6.9); (e) changed the location of where the books of
                           the Corporation are kept from Hartville, Ohio to Fort
                           Worth, Texas (Section 10.2); and (f) revised the
                           By-laws generally to eliminate nits and
                           inconsistencies in the document.

                                       19



                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.4.7

            SIXTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

         THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
(hereinafter referred to as the "Amendment") executed as of the [ ] day of
September, 2003, by and among RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation ("Borrower"), BANK ONE, NA, a national banking association ("Bank
One"), each of the financial institutions which is a party hereto (as evidenced
by the signature pages to this Amendment) or which may from time to time become
a party hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 29 of the Credit Agreement
or any successor or assignee thereof (hereinafter collectively referred to as
"Lenders", and individually, "Lender"), Bank One, as Administrative Agent
("Agent"), Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp.,
as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit
Lyonnais New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets,
Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner and JPMorgan Securities, Inc.,
as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner. Capitalized terms used but not
defined in this Amendment have the meanings assigned to such terms in that
certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2002, by and
among Borrower, Agent and Lenders (as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement").

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Agent and the Lenders
amend the Credit Agreement to increase the Hydrocarbon Borrowing Base to
$180,000,000; and Agent and the Lenders have agreed to do so on the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth including eliminating any increase in the
Borrowing Base arising from the acquisition or redemption of Junior Securities;
and

         WHEREAS, as a result of the elimination of any increase in the
Hydrocarbon Borrowing Base arising from such acquisitions and redemptions it is
no longer necessary to distinguish between the Hydrocarbon Borrowing Base and
the Borrowing Base.

         NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and confessed, the
Borrower, Agent and the Lenders, hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver
in writing of each condition precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, and in
reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained
in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement shall be amended in the manner provided
in this Section 1.

         1.1      DEFINITIONS. Section 1 of the Credit Agreement shall be and it
hereby is amended as follows:

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 1
DALLAS 1321806v4


         (a) By amending the following definitions in their entirety to read as
follows:

         Borrowing Base shall mean, as of any date, the value assigned by the
Lenders from time to time to the Oil and Gas Properties pursuant to Section 7
hereof.

         Unscheduled Redeterminations means a redetermination of the Borrowing
Base made at any time other than on the dates set for the regular semi-annual
redetermination of the Borrowing Base which are made (A) at the request of
Borrower (but only once between Borrowing Base redeterminations), (B) at the
request of Super Majority Lenders (but only twice between Borrowing Base
redeterminations) or (C) upon the issuance of any Refinancing Securities,
provided, however, that (i) Super Majority Lenders may require an Unscheduled
Redetermination at any time it appears to Agent or Super Majority Lenders, in
the exercise of their reasonable discretion, that either (a) there has been a
material decrease in the value of the Oil and Gas Properties, or (b) an event
has occurred which is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or
(ii) Super Majority Lenders may require an Unscheduled Redetermination if
Borrower terminates any material agreements entered into in connection with a
Rate Management Transaction used by Lenders in determining the Borrowing Base or
if the counterparty to any such material agreement commences, or has commenced
against it any proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or
hereafter in effect.

         (b)      By deleting the definitions for "Hydrocarbon Borrowing Base",
"Increased Amount" and "Increase Limit" from such section.

         1.2      AMENDMENT TO BORROWING BASE. Section 7 of the Credit Agreement
shall be and it hereby is amended as follows:

         (a)      Section 7(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be and it hereby is
amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  (a)      Initial Borrowing Base. As of April 1, 2003, the
         Borrowing Base shall be $170,000,000 and, subject to Section 7(b)
         hereof, as of October 1, 2003, the Borrowing Base shall be
         $180,000,000.

         (b)      Section 7(b) of the Credit Agreement shall be and it hereby is
amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  (b)      Subsequent Determinations of Borrowing Base.
         Subsequent determinations of the Borrowing Base shall be made by the
         Lenders semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year beginning
         April 1, 2004 or as Unscheduled Redeterminations. By March 1 each year,
         beginning March 1, 2004, Borrower shall furnish to the Lenders an
         engineering report in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
         Agent prepared by an independent petroleum engineering firm acceptable
         to Agent, said engineering report to utilize economic and pricing
         parameters used by the Agent as established from time to time, together
         with such other information, reports and data concerning the value of
         the Oil and Gas Properties as Agent shall deem reasonably

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 2
DALLAS 1321806v4


         necessary to determine the value of such Oil and Gas Properties. By
         September 1 of each year beginning September 1, 2004, or within thirty
         (30) days after either (i) receipt of notice from Agent that the
         Lenders require an Unscheduled Redetermination, or (ii) the Borrower
         gives notice to Agent of its desire to have an Unscheduled
         Redetermination performed, in each case the Borrower shall furnish to
         the Lenders an engineering report in form and substance reasonably
         satisfactory to Agent, said engineering report to utilize economic and
         pricing parameters used by the Agent as established from to time,
         together with such other information, reports and data concerning the
         value of such Oil and Gas Properties. Agent shall by written notice to
         the Borrower no later than April 1 and October 1 of each year, or
         within a reasonable time thereafter (herein called the "Determination
         Date"), notify the Borrower of the designation by the Lenders of the
         new Borrowing Base for the period beginning on such Determination Date
         and continuing until, but not including, the next Determination Date.
         If an Unscheduled Redetermination is to be made by the Lenders, the
         Agent shall notify the Borrower within a reasonable time after receipt
         of all requested information of the new Borrowing Base, and such new
         Borrowing Base shall continue until the next Determination Date. If the
         Borrower does not furnish all such information, reports and data by any
         date specified in this Section 7(b), unless such failure is reasonably
         determined by the Agent to be of no fault of the Borrower, the Lenders
         nonetheless designate the Borrowing Base at any amounts which the
         Lenders in their reasonable discretion determine and redesignate the
         Borrowing Base from time to time thereafter until the Lenders receive
         all such information, reports and data, whereupon the Lenders shall
         designate a new Borrowing Base as described above. The procedure for
         determining the Borrowing Base at each redetermination shall be that
         the Agent shall determine the Borrowing Base and submit the same to the
         Lenders. Increases in the Borrowing Base will require approval of all
         Lenders, but other reaffirmation or changes in the Borrowing Base will
         be subject to the approval of Required Lenders. If any redetermined
         Borrowing Base is not approved by Required Lenders within twenty (20)
         days after submission to the Lenders by the Agent, the Agent shall
         notify each of the Lenders that the proposed Borrowing Base has not
         been approved and each Lender will submit within ten (10) days
         thereafter its proposed Borrowing Base. The redetermined Borrowing Base
         shall be then determined (in all cases except those involving an
         increase of the Borrowing Base which requires approval of all Lenders)
         based upon the weighted arithmetic average of the proposed amounts
         submitted by each Lender, said proposals to be weighted according to
         each Lender's Commitment. Each Lender shall determine the amount of the
         Borrowing Base based upon the loan collateral value which such Lender
         in its sole discretion (using such methodology, assumptions and
         discount rates as such Lender customarily uses in assigning collateral
         value to oil and gas properties, oil and gas gathering systems, gas
         processing and plant operations) assigns to such Oil and Gas Properties
         of the Borrower at the time in question and based upon such other
         credit factors consistently applied (including, without limitation, the
         assets, liabilities, cash flow, business, properties, prospects,
         management and ownership of the Borrower and its affiliates) as such
         Lender customarily considers in evaluating similar oil and gas credits.
         If at any time any of the Oil and Gas Properties are sold, the
         Borrowing Base then in effect shall automatically be reduced by a sum
         equal to the amount of prepayment, if any,

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 3
DALLAS 1321806v4


         required to be made pursuant to Section 12(r) hereof. It is expressly
         understood that the Lenders have no obligation to designate the
         Borrowing Base at any particular amounts, except in the exercise of
         their discretion, whether in relation to the Commitments or otherwise.
         Provided, however, that the Lenders shall not have the obligation to
         designate a Borrowing Base in an amount in excess of the Commitment.

         (c)      Section 7(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted from
the Credit Agreement.

         1.3      AMENDMENT TO UNUSED COMMITMENT FEE. Section 8(a) of the Credit
Agreement shall be and it hereby is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         (a)      Unused Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to Agent for the
ratable benefit of the Lenders an unused commitment fee (the "Unused Commitment
Fee") equivalent to the Unused Commitment Fee Rate times the daily average of
the sum of the (i) Borrowing Base minus Total Outstandings. Such Unused
Commitment Fee shall be calculated on the basis of a year consisting of 360
days. The Unused Commitment Fee shall be payable in arrears on the last day of
each calendar quarter beginning June 30, 2002 with the final fee payment due on
the Maturity Date for any period then ending for which the Unused Commitment Fee
shall not have been theretofore paid. In the event the Commitment terminates on
any date prior to the end of any such quarterly period, the Borrower shall pay
to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on the date of such
termination, the total Unused Commitment Fee due for the period in which such
termination occurs. If a date for payment of the Unused Commitment Fee shall be
other than a Business Day such payment shall be made on the next succeeding
Business Day.

         1.4      AMENDMENT TO AMENDMENTS. Clause (a) of the second sentence of
Section 24 of the Credit Agreement shall be and it hereby is amended in its
entirety to read as follows:

         (a) would increase the Borrowing Base,

         1.5      BORROWING BASE INCREASE FEE. The Borrowers shall pay to the
Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a Borrowing Base increase fee
equal to one-quarter of one percent (.25%) of the amount of the $10,000,000
increase in the Borrowing Base from the amount in effect prior to the
effectiveness of this Amendment, which fee is due and payable on the date
hereof.

SECTION 2. REAFFIRMATION OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Except to the extent
its provisions are specifically amended, modified or superseded by this
Amendment, the representations, warranties and affirmative and negative
covenants of the Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement are incorporated
herein by reference for all purposes as if copied herein in full. The Borrower
hereby restates and reaffirms each and every term and provision of the Credit
Agreement, as amended, including, without limitation, all representations,
warranties and affirmative and negative covenants. Except to the extent its
provisions are specifically amended, modified or superseded by this Amendment,
the Credit Agreement, as amended, and all terms

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 4
DALLAS 1321806v4


and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect, and the same in
all respects are confirmed and approved by the Borrower and the Lenders.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS. The amendments to the Credit Agreement contained in
Section 1 of this Amendment shall be effective upon the satisfaction of each of
the conditions set forth in this Section 3.

         3.1      EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. The Borrower and each Guarantor shall
have executed and delivered this Amendment, and other required documents, all in
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

         3.2      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and
warranties of the Borrower under this Amendment are true and correct in all
material respects as of such date, as if then made (except to the extent that
such representations and warranties related solely to an earlier date);

         3.3      NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. No Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing nor shall any event have occurred or failed to occur which,
with the passage of time or service of notice, or both, would constitute an
Event of Default;

         3.4      PAYMENT OF BORROWING BASE INCREASE FEE. The Agent shall have
received from Borrower, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, the Borrowing
Base increase fee required under Section 1.5 of this Amendment.

         3.5      OTHER DOCUMENTS. The Agent shall have received such other
instruments and documents incidental and appropriate to the transaction provided
for herein as the Agent or its counsel may reasonably request, and all such
documents shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

         3.6      LEGAL MATTERS SATISFACTORY. All legal matters incident to the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be reasonably
satisfactory to special counsel for the Agent retained at the expense of
Borrower.

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS.

         4.1      ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower hereby
represents and warrants that all factual information, if any, heretofore and
contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Agent for purposes of
or in connection with this Amendment does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to keep the
statements contained herein or therein from being misleading. Each of the
foregoing representations and warranties shall constitute a representation and
warranty of Borrower made under the Credit Agreement, and it shall be an Event
of Default if any such representation and warranty shall prove to have been
incorrect or false in any material respect at the time given. Each of the
representations and warranties made under the Credit Agreement (including those

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 5
DALLAS 1321806v4


made herein) shall survive and not be waived by the execution and delivery of
this Amendment or any investigation by Lenders.

         4.2      INDEMNIFICATION. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Lenders and their respective officers, employees, agents, attorneys
and representatives (singularly, an "Indemnified Party", and collectively, the
"Indemnified Parties") from and against any loss, cost, liability, damage or
expense (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel to
the Lender, including all local counsel hired by such counsel) ("Claim")
incurred by the Lenders in investigating or preparing for, defending against, or
providing evidence, producing documents or taking any other action in respect of
any commenced or threatened litigation, administrative proceeding or
investigation under any federal securities law, federal or state environmental
law, or any other statute of any jurisdiction, or any regulation, or at common
law or otherwise, which is alleged to arise out of or is based upon any acts,
practices or omissions or alleged acts, practices or omissions of the Borrower
or its agents or arises in connection with the duties, obligations or
performance of the Indemnified Parties in negotiating, preparing, executing,
accepting, keeping, completing, countersigning, issuing, selling, delivering,
releasing, assigning, handling, certifying, processing or receiving or taking
any other action with respect to the Loan Documents and all documents, items and
materials contemplated thereby even if any of the foregoing arises out of an
Indemnified Party's ordinary negligence. The indemnity set forth herein shall be
in addition to any other obligations or liabilities of the Borrower to the
Lenders hereunder or at common law or otherwise, and shall survive any
termination of this Amendment, the expiration of the Loan and the payment of all
indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders hereunder and under the Notes,
provided that the Borrower shall have no obligation under this section to the
Lenders with respect to any of the foregoing arising out of the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of the Lenders. If any Claim is asserted against any
Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party shall endeavor to notify the Borrower
of such Claim (but failure to do so shall not affect the indemnification herein
made except to the extent of the actual harm caused by such failure). The
Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ, at the Borrower's expense,
counsel of the Indemnified Parties' choosing and to control the defense of the
Claim. The Borrower may at its own expense also participate in the defense of
any Claim. Each Indemnified Party may employ separate counsel in connection with
any Claim to the extent such Indemnified Party believes it reasonably prudent to
protect such Indemnified Party. THE PARTIES INTEND FOR THE PROVISIONS OF THIS
SECTION TO APPLY TO AND PROTECT EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF
STRICT LIABILITY IMPOSED OR THREATENED TO BE IMPOSED ON ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY AS
WELL AS FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE, WHETHER OR NOT THAT
NEGLIGENCE IS THE SOLE, CONTRIBUTING, OR CONCURRING CAUSE OF ANY CLAIM, BUT NOT
FROM ANY PORTION OF SUCH CLAIM ARISING FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL
MISCONDUCT OF ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY.

         4.3      COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in one or more
counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts each of
which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument;
signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached
to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to
the same

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 6
DALLAS 1321806v4


document. However, this Amendment shall bind no party until Borrower, Agent and
Lenders have executed a counterpart. Facsimiles shall be effective as originals.

         4.4      WRITTEN CREDIT AGREEMENT. THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED,
REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN AND AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE
CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS
OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN AND AMONG THE
PARTIES.

         4.5      NO IMPAIRMENT. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the
renewal, extension and amendment of the Credit Agreement shall not be considered
a novation of account or new contract but that all existing rights, titles,
powers, and estates in favor of the Lenders constitute valid and existing
obligations in favor of the Lenders. Borrower confirms and agree that (a)
neither the execution of this Amendment nor any other Loan Document nor the
consummation of the transactions described herein and therein shall in any way
effect, impair or limit the covenants, liabilities, obligations and duties of
the Borrower under the Loan Documents and (b) the obligations evidenced and
secured by the Loan Documents continue in full force and effect.

                            [SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 7
DALLAS 1321806v4


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Sixth Amendment to
Credit Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                    BORROWER:

                                    RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION
                                    a Delaware corporation

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                                    LENDERS:

                                    BANK ONE, NA, a national
                                    banking association (Main Office Chicago)
                                    as a Lender and Administrative Agent

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name: Wm. Mark Cranmer
                                    Title: Director, Capital Markets

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                                    BANK OF SCOTLAND

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                                    JPMORGAN CHASE BANK

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                                    COMPASS BANK

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                                    CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                                    FLEET NATIONAL BANK

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                                    FORTIS CAPITAL CORP.

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                                    NATEXIS BANQUES POPULAIRES

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                                    COMERICA BANK
                                    (successor by merger with
                                    Comerica Bank-Texas)

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                            CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION

         The undersigned (each a "Guarantor") hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of
a copy of the foregoing Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
(the "Sixth Amendment"); (ii) consents to Borrower's execution and delivery
thereof; (iii) agrees to be bound thereby; (iv) affirms that nothing contained
therein shall modify in any respect whatsoever its guaranty of the obligations
of the Borrower to Lenders pursuant to the terms of its Guaranty in favor of
Agent and the Lenders (the "Guaranty") and (v) reaffirms that the Guaranty is
and shall continue to remain in full force and effect. Although Guarantor has
been informed of the matters set forth herein and has acknowledged and agreed to
same, Guarantor understands that the Lenders have no obligation to inform
Guarantor of such matters in the future or to seek Guarantor's acknowledgment or
agreement to future amendments or waivers, and nothing herein shall create such
duty.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Consent and
Reaffirmation on and as of the date of the Sixth Amendment.

                                    GUARANTORS:

                                    RANGE ENERGY I, INC.
                                    a Delaware corporation

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

                                    RANGE HOLDCO, INC.
                                    a Delaware corporation

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

                                    RANGE PRODUCTION COMPANY
                                    a Delaware corporation

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                                    RANGE ENERGY VENTURES
                                    CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

                                    GULFSTAR ENERGY, INC.
                                    a Delaware corporation

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

                                    RANGE ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION
                                    a Delaware corporation

                                    By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126



                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.4.8

           SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

         THIS SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
(hereinafter referred to as the "Amendment") executed as of the 23rd day of
December, 2003, by and among RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
("Borrower"), BANK ONE, NA, a national banking association ("Bank One"), each of
the financial institutions which is a party hereto (as evidenced by the
signature pages to this Amendment) or which may from time to time become a party
hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 29 of the Credit Agreement or any
successor or assignee thereof (hereinafter collectively referred to as
"Lenders", and individually, "Lender"), Bank One, as Administrative Agent
("Agent"), Fleet National Bank, as Co-Documentation Agent, Fortis Capital Corp.,
as Co-Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, Credit
Lyonnais New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Banc One Capital Markets,
Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner and JPMorgan Securities, Inc.,
as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner. Capitalized terms used but not
defined in this Amendment have the meanings assigned to such terms in that
certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2002, by and
among Borrower, Agent and Lenders (as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement").

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, the Borrower has informed Agent and Lenders that the
Borrower's wholly-owned Subsidiary, Range Production I, L.P., a Texas limited
partnership ("Range Production I") intends to acquire certain oil and gas
properties of Wagner & Brown, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership ("Wagner
Brown"), Canyon Energy Partners, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership ("Canyon
Energy") and Intercon Gas, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Intercon") pursuant to
that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of December 13, 2003, among
Range Production I, Wagner Brown, Canyon Energy and Intercon (the "Sterling
Acquisition");

         WHEREAS, in connection with the Sterling Acquisition, the Borrower has
requested that the Agent and the Lenders amend the Credit Agreement to (i)
increase the Borrowing Base to $225,000,000 and (ii) allow the Borrower to sell,
lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of Oil and Gas Properties in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $25,000,000 during the period beginning on the Sterling
Acquisition Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) and ending the next
Determination Date; and Agent and the Lenders have agreed to do so on the terms
and conditions hereinafter set forth.

         NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and confessed, the
Borrower, Agent and the Lenders, hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver
in writing of each condition precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, and in
reliance on the

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 1
DALLAS 1350435v4


representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this
Amendment, the Credit Agreement shall be amended in the manner provided in this
Section 1.

         1.1      DEFINITIONS. The definition of "Guarantor" set forth in
Section 1 of the Credit Agreement shall be and it hereby is amended in its
entirety as follows:

         Guarantor means GulfStar Energy, Inc., Range Energy I, Inc., Range
HoldCo, Inc., Range Production Company, Range Energy Ventures Corporation, Range
Energy Finance Corporation, Range Production I, L.P. and Range Resources, L.L.C.

         1.2      ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS. Section 1 of the Credit Agreement
shall be and it hereby is amended by inserting the following definitions in
alphabetical order:

         Range Production I means Range Production I, L.P., a Texas limited
partnership.

         Sterling Acquisition means the acquisition by Range Production I of
certain oil and gas properties of the Sterling Acquisition Sellers pursuant to
the Sterling Acquisition Purchase Agreement.

         Sterling Acquisition Closing Date means the date on which the Sterling
Acquisition is consummated in accordance with the terms of the Sterling
Acquisition Purchase Agreement.

         Sterling Acquisition Purchase Agreement means that certain Purchase and
Sale Agreement dated as of December 13, 2003, among Borrower's wholly-owned
Subsidiary, Range Production I and the Sterling Acquisition Sellers, as amended,
modified or restated from time to time.

         Sterling Acquisition Sellers means, collectively, Wagner & Brown, Ltd.,
a Texas limited partnership, Canyon Energy Partners, Ltd., a Texas limited
partnership and Intercon Gas, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         1.3      AMENDMENT TO BORROWING BASE. Section 7(a) of the Credit
Agreement shall be and it hereby is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  (a)      Initial Borrowing Base. Subject to Section 7(b)
         hereof, (i) as of October 1, 2003, the Borrowing Base shall be
         $180,000,000 and (ii) as of the Sterling Acquisition Closing Date, the
         Borrowing Base shall be $225,000,000.

         1.4      SALE OF CERTAIN ASSETS. The first sentence of Section 12(r) of
the Credit Agreement shall be and it is hereby amended in its entirety to read
as follows:

Borrower will immediately pay over to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the
Lenders as a prepayment of principal on the Notes and a reduction of the
Commitments, an amount equal to 100% of the "Release Price" from the sale of Oil
and Gas Properties by Borrower or any Guarantor in excess of $10,000,000 (except
that during the period beginning on the Sterling Acquisition Closing Date and
ending on the next Determination Date, such amount shall be

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 2
DALLAS 1350435v4


100% of the "Release Price" from the sale of Oil and Gas Properties by Borrower
or any Guarantor in excess of $25,000,000) in the aggregate received from such
sales between Borrowing Base redeterminations, which sale has been either (i)
made in compliance with the provisions of Section 13(a)(ii) hereof, or (ii)
approved in advance by Required Lenders. Provided, however, that in lieu of
making any such payment the Borrower may elect to provide, or cause to be
provided by a Guarantor, additional Oil and Gas Properties with value and
quality satisfactory to all Lenders in their discretion in substitution for the
Oil and Gas Properties sold pursuant to the provisions of this Section 12(r).

         1.5      NEGATIVE PLEDGE. Clause B of Section 13(a)(ii) of the Credit
Agreement shall be and it is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(B) sales, leases, transfers or other dispositions of Oil and Gas Properties
which do not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate between Borrowing Base
redeterminations; provided that during the period beginning on the Sterling
Acquisition Closing Date and ending on the next Determination Date, such sales,
leases, transfers or other dispositions of Oil and Gas Properties shall not
exceed $25,000,000;

         1.6      AMENDMENT TO EXHIBIT. Exhibit B to the Credit Agreement shall
be and is hereby amended in its entirety by substituting Exhibit B which is
attached hereto.

         1.7      ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE. The Lenders have agreed among
themselves to reallocate their respective Commitments and to allow Hibernia
National Bank and Southwest Bank of Texas, N.A. to acquire an interest in the
Commitments and the Loans. After such reallocation of the Commitments, on the
date hereof, the Lenders shall own the Commitment Percentages set forth on
Schedule 1 attached hereto. With respect to such reallocation, each of Hibernia
National Bank and Southwest Bank of Texas, N.A. shall be deemed to have acquired
the Commitments and Loans allocated to them from each of the Lenders pursuant to
the terms of the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement attached as Exhibit E to
the Credit Agreement as if Hibernia National Bank, Southwest Bank of Texas, N.A.
and the Lenders had executed an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement with respect
to such allocation. Each Lender shall surrender its existing Note and be issued
a new Note in a face amount equal to each Lender's Commitment Percentage times
$225,000,000. Each said Note to be in the form of Exhibit "B" to the Credit
Agreement with appropriate insertions. The funds delivered to Agent by Hibernia
National Bank and Southwest Bank of Texas, N.A. to acquire an interest in the
Commitments and the Loans shall be allocated and paid to each of the existing
Lenders such that after giving effect to such allocation and payment each of the
Lender's Commitment shall be in the amounts set forth on Schedule 1 attached
hereto.

SECTION 2. REAFFIRMATION OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Except to the extent
its provisions are specifically amended, modified or superseded by this
Amendment, the representations, warranties and affirmative and negative
covenants of the Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement are incorporated
herein by reference for all purposes as if copied herein in full. The Borrower
hereby restates and reaffirms each and every term and provision of the Credit
Agreement, as amended, including, without limitation, all representations,
warranties and affirmative and negative covenants. Except to the extent its
provisions are specifically amended,

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 3
DALLAS 1350435v4


modified or superseded by this Amendment, the Credit Agreement, as amended, and
all terms and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect, and the
same in all respects are confirmed and approved by the Borrower and the Lenders.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS. The amendments to the Credit Agreement contained in
Section 1 of this Amendment shall be effective upon the satisfaction of each of
the conditions set forth in this Section 3.

         3.1      EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. The Borrower and each Guarantor shall
have executed and delivered this Amendment, and other required documents, all in
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

         3.2      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and
warranties of the Borrower under this Amendment are true and correct in all
material respects as of such date, as if then made (except to the extent that
such representations and warranties related solely to an earlier date).

         3.3      NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. No Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing nor shall any event have occurred or failed to occur which,
with the passage of time or service of notice, or both, would constitute an
Event of Default.

         3.4      OTHER DOCUMENTS. The Agent shall have received (i) a duly
executed officer's certificate of Borrower, together with true and correct
copies of the amended and restated bylaws of Borrower, and (ii) such other
instruments and documents incidental and appropriate to the transaction provided
for herein as the Agent or its counsel may reasonably request, and all such
documents shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

         3.5      LEGAL MATTERS SATISFACTORY. All legal matters incident to the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be reasonably
satisfactory to special counsel for the Agent retained at the expense of
Borrower.

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS.

         4.1      ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower hereby
represents and warrants that all factual information, if any, heretofore and
contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Agent for purposes of
or in connection with this Amendment does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to keep the
statements contained herein or therein from being misleading. Each of the
foregoing representations and warranties shall constitute a representation and
warranty of Borrower made under the Credit Agreement, and it shall be an Event
of Default if any such representation and warranty shall prove to have been
incorrect or false in any material respect at the time given. Each of the
representations and warranties made under the Credit Agreement (including those
made herein) shall survive and not be waived by the execution and delivery of
this Amendment or any investigation by Lenders.

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 4
DALLAS 1350435v4


         4.2      INDEMNIFICATION. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Lenders and their respective officers, employees, agents, attorneys
and representatives (singularly, an "Indemnified Party", and collectively, the
"Indemnified Parties") from and against any loss, cost, liability, damage or
expense (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel to
the Lender, including all local counsel hired by such counsel) ("Claim")
incurred by the Lenders in investigating or preparing for, defending against, or
providing evidence, producing documents or taking any other action in respect of
any commenced or threatened litigation, administrative proceeding or
investigation under any federal securities law, federal or state environmental
law, or any other statute of any jurisdiction, or any regulation, or at common
law or otherwise, which is alleged to arise out of or is based upon any acts,
practices or omissions or alleged acts, practices or omissions of the Borrower
or its agents or arises in connection with the duties, obligations or
performance of the Indemnified Parties in negotiating, preparing, executing,
accepting, keeping, completing, countersigning, issuing, selling, delivering,
releasing, assigning, handling, certifying, processing or receiving or taking
any other action with respect to the Loan Documents and all documents, items and
materials contemplated thereby even if any of the foregoing arises out of an
Indemnified Party's ordinary negligence. The indemnity set forth herein shall be
in addition to any other obligations or liabilities of the Borrower to the
Lenders hereunder or at common law or otherwise, and shall survive any
termination of this Amendment, the expiration of the Loan and the payment of all
indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders hereunder and under the Notes,
provided that the Borrower shall have no obligation under this section to the
Lenders with respect to any of the foregoing arising out of the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of the Lenders. If any Claim is asserted against any
Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party shall endeavor to notify the Borrower
of such Claim (but failure to do so shall not affect the indemnification herein
made except to the extent of the actual harm caused by such failure). The
Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ, at the Borrower's expense,
counsel of the Indemnified Parties' choosing and to control the defense of the
Claim. The Borrower may at its own expense also participate in the defense of
any Claim. Each Indemnified Party may employ separate counsel in connection with
any Claim to the extent such Indemnified Party believes it reasonably prudent to
protect such Indemnified Party. THE PARTIES INTEND FOR THE PROVISIONS OF THIS
SECTION TO APPLY TO AND PROTECT EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF
STRICT LIABILITY IMPOSED OR THREATENED TO BE IMPOSED ON ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY AS
WELL AS FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE, WHETHER OR NOT THAT
NEGLIGENCE IS THE SOLE, CONTRIBUTING, OR CONCURRING CAUSE OF ANY CLAIM, BUT NOT
FROM ANY PORTION OF SUCH CLAIM ARISING FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL
MISCONDUCT OF ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY.

         4.3      COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in one or more
counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts each of
which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument;
signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached
to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to
the same document. However, this Amendment shall bind no party until Borrower,
Agent and Lenders have executed a counterpart. Facsimiles shall be effective as
originals.

         4.4      WRITTEN CREDIT AGREEMENT. THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED,
REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN AND AMONG THE

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 5
DALLAS 1350435v4


PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR
SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL
AGREEMENTS BETWEEN AND AMONG THE PARTIES.

         4.5      NO IMPAIRMENT. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the
renewal, extension and amendment of the Credit Agreement shall not be considered
a novation of account or new contract but that all existing rights, titles,
powers, and estates in favor of the Lenders constitute valid and existing
obligations in favor of the Lenders. Borrower confirms and agree that (a)
neither the execution of this Amendment nor any other Loan Document nor the
consummation of the transactions described herein and therein shall in any way
effect, impair or limit the covenants, liabilities, obligations and duties of
the Borrower under the Loan Documents and (b) the obligations evidenced and
secured by the Loan Documents continue in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. STERLING ACQUISITION POST-CLOSING COVENANTS.

         5.1      BORROWING BASE INCREASE FEE. On the Sterling Acquisition
Closing Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable benefit of
the Lenders, a Borrowing Base increase fee equal to one-quarter of one percent
(.25%) of the amount of the increase in the Borrowing Base from the amount in
effect prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, which fee is due and
payable on the date hereof. Borrower further agrees that any failure on its part
to comply with and perform this covenant shall constitute an Event of Default
under the Credit Agreement.

         5.2      STERLING ACQUISITION DEEDS OF TRUST. On the Sterling
Acquisition Closing Date, the Borrower shall execute and deliver deeds of trust
covering the properties acquired in connection with the Sterling Acquisition to
secure the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of Borrower with respect to
the Notes and the Credit Agreement in form and substance acceptable to the
Agent. Borrower further agrees that any failure on its part to comply with and
perform this covenant shall constitute an Event of Default under the Credit
Agreement.

         5.3      STERLING ACQUISITION PURCHASE AGREEMENT. Promptly after the
Sterling Acquisition Closing Date, the Borrower shall deliver true and correct
copies of the Sterling Acquisition Purchase Agreement and all material documents
executed by Borrower's wholly-owned subsidiary Range Production I, L.P. in
connection with the Sterling Acquisition. The Borrower further agrees that any
failure on its part to comply with and perform this covenant shall constitute an
Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.

                            [SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Page 6
DALLAS 1350435v4


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Seventh Amendment to
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first
above written.

                                           BORROWER:

                                           RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION
                                           a Delaware corporation

                                           By:    /s/ Roger S. Manny
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Name:  Roger S. Manny
                                           Title: Senior Vice President

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                           LENDERS:

                                           BANK ONE, NA, a national banking
                                           association (Main Office Chicago)
                                           as a Lender and Administrative Agent

                                           By:    /s/ Thomas E. Both
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Name:  Thomas E. Both
                                           Title: Director, Capital Markets

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                           BANK OF SCOTLAND

                                           By:    /s/ Joseph Fratus
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Name:  JOSEPH FRATUS
                                           Title: FIRST VICE PRESIDENT

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                           JPMORGAN CHASE BANK

                                           By:    /s/ Robert C. Mertensotto
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Name:  ROBERT C. MERTENSOTTO
                                           Title: MANAGING DIRECTOR

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                           COMPASS BANK

                                           By:    /s/ Murray E. Brasseux
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Name:  Murray E. Brasseux
                                           Title: Executive Vice President

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                           CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH

                                           By:    /s/ Olivier Audemard
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Name:  Olivier Audemard
                                           Title: Senior Vice President

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                          FLEET NATIONAL BANK

                                          By: /s/ Jeffrey H. Rathkamp
                                              -----------------------
                                          Name: JEFFREY H. RATHKAMP
                                          Title: DIRECTOR

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                          FORTIS CAPITAL CORP.

                                          By: /s/ Christopher S. Parada
                                              -------------------------
                                          Name:  Christopher S. Parada
                                          Title: Vice President

                                          By: /s/ Darrell W. Holley
                                              ---------------------
                                          Name:  Darrell W. Holley
                                          Title: Managing Director

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                          NATEXIS BANQUES POPULAIRES

                                          By: /s/ Donovan C. Broussard
                                              ------------------------
                                              Donovan C. Broussard
                                              Vice President & Group Manager

                                          By: /s/ Philippe A. Robin
                                              ---------------------
                                              Philippe A. Robin
                                              Senior Vice President

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                          COMERICA BANK
                                          (successor by merger with
                                          Comerica Bank-Texas)

                                          By: /s/ Michele L. Jones
                                              ---------------------
                                          Name:  Michele L. Jones
                                          Title: Vice President-Texas Division

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                          HIBERNIA NATIONAL BANK

                                          By: /s/ Daria Mahoney
                                              -----------------
                                          Name:  Daria Mahoney
                                          Title: Vice President

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                          SOUTHWEST BANK OF TEXAS, N.A.

                                          By: /s/ W. Bryan Chapman
                                              ------------------------
                                          Name:  W. Bryan Chapman,
                                          Title: Senior Vice President,
                                                 Energy Lending

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                            CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION

         The undersigned (each a "Guarantor") hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of
a copy of the foregoing Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement (the "Seventh Amendment"); (ii) consents to Borrower's execution and
delivery thereof; (iii) agrees to be bound thereby; (iv) affirms that nothing
contained therein shall modify in any respect whatsoever its guaranty of the
obligations of the Borrower to Lenders pursuant to the terms of its Guaranty in
favor of Agent and the Lenders (the "Guaranty") and (v) reaffirms that the
Guaranty is and shall continue to remain in full force and effect. Although
Guarantor has been informed of the matters set forth herein and has acknowledged
and agreed to same, Guarantor understands that the Lenders have no obligation to
inform Guarantor of such matters in the future or to seek Guarantor's
acknowledgment or agreement to future amendments or waivers, and nothing herein
shall create such duty.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Consent and
Reaffirmation on and as of the date of the Seventh Amendment.

                                          GUARANTORS:

                                          RANGE ENERGY I, INC.
                                          a Delaware corporation

                                          By: /s/ Roger S. Manny
                                              ------------------
                                          Name: Roger S. Manny
                                          Title: Senior Vice President

                                          RANGE HOLDCO, INC.
                                          a Delaware corporation

                                          By: /s/ Roger S. Manny
                                              ------------------
                                          Name: Roger S. Manny
                                          Title: Senior Vice President

                                          RANGE PRODUCTION COMPANY
                                          a Delaware corporation

                                          By: /s/ Roger S. Manny
                                              ------------------
                                          Name: Roger S. Manny
                                          Title: Senior Vice President

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                          RANGE ENERGY VENTURES
                                          CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

                                          By: /s/ Roger S. Manny
                                              ------------------
                                          Name: Roger S. Manny
                                          Title: Senior Vice President

                                          GULFSTAR ENERGY, INC.
                                          a Delaware corporation

                                          By: /s/ Roger S. Manny
                                              ------------------
                                          Name: Roger S. Manny
                                          Title: Senior Vice President

                                          RANGE ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION
                                          a Delaware corporation

                                          By: /s/ Roger S. Manny
                                              ------------------
                                          Name: Roger S. Manny
                                          Title: Senior Vice President

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1350435


                                    EXHIBIT B
                                 REVOLVING NOTE

$[ ]                              Dallas, Texas               December [ ], 2003

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation ("Borrower") hereby, unconditionally promises to pay to the
order of [ ] (the "Lender") at the offices of BANK ONE, NA (the "Agent") in
Dallas County, Texas, the principal sum of [        ], or so much thereof as may
be advanced and outstanding at any time or from time to time pursuant to the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) in lawful money
of the United States of America together with interest from the date hereof
until paid at the rates specified in the Amended and Restated Credit. All
payments of principal and interest due hereunder are payable at the offices of
Agent at Bank One, NA, Mail Code IL-0634, 1 Bank One Plaza, Chicago, Illinois
60670-0634, Facsimile No.: (312) 732-4840, Attention: Jim Moore, with a copy to
1717 Main Street, 4th Floor, Bank One Center, Dallas, Texas 75201, attention:
Energy Department, or at such other address as Lender shall designate in writing
to Borrower.

         The principal and all accrued interest on this Note shall be due and
payable in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement.

         This Note is executed pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated May 2, 2002 by and among
Borrower, the Agents and Lender, and is one of the Notes referred to therein.
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents (as that term
is defined in the Credit Agreement) for a statement of prepayment rights and
obligations of Borrower, for a statement of the terms and conditions under which
the due date of this Note may be accelerated and for statements regarding other
matters affecting this Note (including without limitation the obligations of the
holder hereof to advance funds hereunder, principal and interest payment due
dates, voluntary and mandatory prepayments, exercise of rights and remedies,
payment of attorneys' fees, court costs and other costs of collection and
certain waivers by Borrower and others now or hereafter obligated for payment of
any sums due hereunder). Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as that
term is defined in the Credit Agreement and Loan Documents) the Agent may
declare forthwith to be entirely and immediately due and payable the principal
balance hereof and the interest accrued hereon, and the Lender shall have all
rights and remedies of the Lender under the Credit Agreement and Loan Documents.
This Note may be prepaid in accordance with the terms and provisions of the
Credit Agreement.

         Regardless of any provision contained in this Note, the holder hereof
shall never be entitled to receive, collect or apply, as interest on this Note,
any amount in excess of the Maximum Rate (as such term is defined in the Credit
Agreement), and, if the holder hereof ever receives, collects, or applies as
interest, any such amount which would be excessive interest, it shall be deemed
a partial prepayment of principal and treated hereunder as such; and, if the
indebtedness evidenced hereby is paid in full, any remaining excess shall
forthwith be paid to Borrower. In determining whether or not the interest paid
or payable, under any specific contingency, exceeds the Maximum Rate, Borrower
and the holder hereof shall, to the maximum

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


extent permitted under applicable law (i) characterize any non-principal payment
as an expense, fee or premium rather than as interest, (ii) exclude voluntary
prepayments and the effects thereof, and (iii) spread the total amount of
interest throughout the entire contemplated term of the obligations evidenced by
this Note and/or referred to in the Credit Agreement so that the interest rate
is uniform throughout the entire term of this Note; provided that, if this Note
is paid and performed in full prior to the end of the full contemplated term
thereof; and if the interest received for the actual period of existence thereof
exceeds the Maximum Rate, the holder hereof shall refund to Borrower the amount
of such excess or credit the amount of such excess against the indebtedness
evidenced hereby, and, in such event, the holder hereof shall not be subject to
any penalties provided by any laws for contracting for, charging, taking,
reserving or receiving interest in excess of the Maximum Rate.

         If any payment of principal or interest on this Note shall become due
on a day other than a Business Day (as such term is defined in the Credit
Agreement), such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and
such extension of time shall in such case be included in computing interest in
connection with such payment.

         If this Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, or
if it is collected through any legal proceeding at law or in equity or in
bankruptcy, receivership or other court proceedings, Borrower agrees to pay all
costs of collection, including, but not limited to, court costs and reasonable
attorneys' fees.

         Borrower and each surety, endorser, guarantor and other party ever
liable for payment of any sums of money payable on this Note, jointly and
severally waive presentment and demand for payment, notice of intention to
accelerate the maturity, protest, notice of protest and nonpayment, as to this
Note and as to each and all installments hereof, and agree that their liability
under this Note shall not be affected by any renewal or extension in the time of
payment hereof, or in any indulgences, or by any release or change in any
security for the payment of this Note, and hereby consent to any and all
renewals, extensions, indulgences, releases or changes.

         This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
applicable laws of the United States of America and the laws of the State of
Texas.

         THIS INSTRUMENT SECURES A LINE OF CREDIT USED PRIMARILY FOR BUSINESS,
COMMERCIAL OR AGRICULTURAL PURPOSES.

         THIS WRITTEN NOTE, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED
BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE
PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

         This Note amends, modifies, and restates, but does not extinguish, the
indebtedness evidenced by that certain Revolving Note of Borrower dated [     ]
payable to the order of Bank in the original principal amount of $[      ],
executed by Borrower and payable to the order of Bank.

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


EXECUTED as of the date and year first above written.

                                          BORROWER:

                                          RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION
                                          a Delaware corporation

                                          By: /s/ Roger S. Manny
                                              ------------------
                                          Name: Roger S. Manny
                                          Title: Senior Vice President

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page
DALLAS 1315126


                                   SCHEDULE 1

LENDER COMMITMENT ------ ----------- BANK ONE, NA $26,000,000 BANK OF SCOTLAND $26,000,000 CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH $26,000,000 FLEET NATIONAL BANK $26,000,000 FORTIS CAPITAL CORP. $26,000,000 JPMORGAN CHASE $26,000,000 COMPASS BANK $18,000,000 COMERICA BANK $17,500,000 NATEXIS BANQUES POPULAIRES $13,500,000 SOUTHWEST BANK OF TEXAS, N.A. $10,000,000 HIBERNIA NATIONAL BANK $10,000,000
Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement - Signature Page DALLAS 1315126


                           RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

                                CODE OF BUSINESS

                               CONDUCT AND ETHICS


                                                                               .
                                                                               .
                                                                               .

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE ---- I. INTRODUCTION............................................................................... 1 II. COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAW.................................................................... 1 III. "CONFLICT OF INTEREST" AND HOW TO AVOID IT................................................. 1 A. General Guidance.................................................................. 1 B. Outside Employment................................................................ 1 C. Board Memberships................................................................. 2 D. Family Members and Close Personal Relationships................................... 2 E. Investments....................................................................... 2 F. Gifts............................................................................. 2 1. Gifts to Employees....................................................... 2 2. Gifts Given by the Company............................................... 2 G. Entertainment..................................................................... 3 1. Entertainment of Employees............................................... 3 2. Entertainment by the Company............................................. 3 H. Travel............................................................................ 3 1. Acceptance of Travel Expenses............................................ 3 2. Providing Travel......................................................... 3 IV. TAKING COMPANY BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES...................................................... 3 V. PROTECTION OF COMPANY PROPERTY AND ASSETS.................................................. 3 VI. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.................................................................... 4 VII. INSIDE INFORMATION AND SECURITIES TRADING.................................................. 4 VIII. FAIR COMPETITION........................................................................... 4 IX. RESPONSIBILITY TO THE COMPANY'S EMPLOYEES.................................................. 5 X. ACCURACY AND RETENTION OF BUSINESS RECORDS................................................. 5 A. General........................................................................... 5 B. Records Retention................................................................. 5 C. Additional Requirements for Senior Financial Officers............................. 6 XI. ENFORCEMENT................................................................................ 6 A. Where to Go With a Question, Concern or to Report a Violation..................... 6 B. Receipt and Acknowledgement....................................................... 7 C. Waivers of the Code............................................................... 7 D. Violations of the Code............................................................ 7
Page 2 of 10 CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS I. INTRODUCTION This CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS (the "Code") applies to Range Resources Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") and the Company's directors, officers and employees. All Company personnel must comply with the Code. Because any illegal or unethical action, or the appearance of misconduct or impropriety by anyone acting on the Company's behalf, is unacceptable, the Code should also be followed, where appropriate, by the Company's agents and representatives, including consultants where specifically required. When the word "you" is used below it includes all employees, directors and consultants. The Code, however, is not intended to be a comprehensive manual that covers every situation you might encounter. In many cases, more specific requirements are contained in the various corporate policies, procedures and guidelines, which you can obtain from your supervisor or through the Human Resources Department. II. COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAW It is the policy of the Company that its business will be conducted in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, as well as applicable laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions, and in a manner that will always reflect a high standard of ethics. The laws and regulations applicable to the Company are far reaching and complex. Compliance with the law does not comprise our entire ethical responsibility; rather, it is a minimum, essential condition for performance of our duties. Perceived pressure from supervisors or demands due to business conditions are not excuses for violating the law. Any questions or concerns about the legality of an action should be addressed with the Officer in charge of compliance ("Compliance Officer") as specifically designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). III. "CONFLICT OF INTEREST" AND HOW TO AVOID IT A. GENERAL GUIDANCE Business decisions and actions must be based on the best interests of the Company, and must not be motivated by personal considerations or relationships. Relationships with prospective or existing suppliers, contractors, customers, competitors, regulators or other employees must not affect your independent and sound judgment on behalf of the Company. General guidelines to help you better understand several of the most common examples of situations that may cause a conflict of interest are listed below. However, you are required to disclose to the Compliance Officer any situation that may be, or appear to be, a conflict of interest. When in doubt, it is best to disclose. B. OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT Employees may not work for or receive payments for services from any competitor, customer, distributor or supplier of the Company without the explicit approval of the Compliance Officer. Page 3 of 10 Any such approval must be documented. Any outside activity must be strictly separated from the Company employment and should not harm your job performance at the Company. C. BOARD MEMBERSHIPS Employees accepting a seat on the board of directors of an outside company requires the advance written approval of the Compliance Officer and the Chief Executive Officer. Helping the community by serving on boards of charitable, governmental, non-profit, community or other similar organizations is encouraged, and does not require prior approval. Employees must, however, notify in writing the Compliance Officer if the employee currently serves or accepts a seat on such boards. Directors accepting a seat on the board of directors of an outside company (whether a for-profit or not-for-profit company) may do so at their discretion, but must notify the Compliance Officer in writing. D. FAMILY MEMBERS AND CLOSE PERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS You may not use personal influence to direct Company business to a company in which you, any family member or any personal friend has an interest. If you are aware that the Company is engaged in or may be contemplating any business with such a company, you must provide written notice of your relationship to the Compliance Officer. E. INVESTMENTS You may not allow your personal investments to influence, or appear to influence, your independent judgment on behalf of the Company. If there is any doubt about how an investment might be perceived, or if your investment exceeds 5% of the equity interest of any entity in the oil and gas industry or related industries, it should be disclosed in writing to the Compliance Officer. Consultants may have ore restrictive provisions as evidenced by their written agreements. F. GIFTS 1. GIFTS TO EMPLOYEES You may not accept kickbacks, lavish gifts or gratuities. You may accept items of nominal value, however, you may not accept anything that might make it appear that your judgment for the Company would be compromised. In some rare situations, it would be impractical or harmful to refuse or return a gift. When this happens, discuss the situation with the Compliance Officer. 2. GIFTS GIVEN BY THE COMPANY Some business situations call for giving gifts. The Company's gifts must be legal and reasonable. Any individual gift costing over $200 must be and approved in writing by the Compliance Officer. Page 4 of 10 You may not provide any gift if it is prohibited by law or, to your knowledge, the policy of the recipient's organization. For example, the employees of many governmental entities around the world are prohibited from accepting gifts. If in doubt, check with the Compliance Officer first. G. ENTERTAINMENT 1. ENTERTAINMENT OF EMPLOYEES You may accept entertainment that is reasonable in the context of the business and that advances the Company's interests. For example, accompanying a business associate to a local cultural or sporting event, or to a business meal, would in most cases be acceptable. Entertainment that is lavish or frequent may appear to influence your independent judgment on behalf of the Company. Accepting entertainment that may appear inappropriate should be approved in writing in advance by the Compliance Officer. 2. ENTERTAINMENT BY THE COMPANY You may provide entertainment that is reasonable in the context of the Company's business. You must, however, obtain advance approval in writing from the Compliance Officer if such entertainment involves activities outside customary business meals, local cultural or sporting events. H. TRAVEL 1. ACCEPTANCE OF TRAVEL EXPENSES You may accept transportation and lodging provided by a Company supplier or other third party, if the trip is for business. Any such travel and lodging in excess of $500 must be approved in writing in advance by the Compliance Officer. 2. PROVIDING TRAVEL Unless prohibited by law or, to your knowledge, the policy of the recipient's organization, the Company may pay the transportation and lodging expenses incurred by customers, agents or suppliers in connection with a visit to a Company facility or other Company business. The visit must be for a business purpose and must be approved in writing in advance by the Compliance Officer if such expenses will exceed $500 per person, unless such expenses have been specifically approved by the Board of Directors. IV. TAKING COMPANY BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES You may not take for yourself opportunities that rightfully belong to the Company. These opportunities rightfully belong to the Company when, for example, the Company has pursued the opportunity, when it has been offered to the Company, when it is the kind of business the Company competes in, when the Company has funded it, when the Company has devoted facilities or personnel to develop it, or when it is in the same line of business as the Company's business. Page 5 of 10 V. PROTECTION OF COMPANY PROPERTY AND ASSETS You have a responsibility to protect the Company's assets from loss, damage, misuse or theft. The Company's assets, such as funds, products or computers, may only be used for business purposes and other purposes approved by an officer of the Company. The Company's assets may never be used for illegal purposes. The Company's property should not be taken out of Company facilities for use outside of the normal course of Company business unless necessary and authorized by your supervisor or an officer of the Company in connection with Company work. VI. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION All confidential or proprietary information of the Company must be protected. Confidential information includes, for example, pricing, inventions, financial data, trade secrets and know-how, acquisition and divestiture opportunities, marketing and sales programs, research and development information and customer and supplier information. Confidential information also includes information that suppliers and customers have entrusted to us. You must not disclose the Company's confidential or proprietary information to anyone within or outside of the Company unless the recipient will generally need this information to carry out his or her assigned responsibilities as an employee of the Company, or as an outsider who has been properly authorized by an officer of the Company to receive such information. Inquiries from the press, media, investors or the public regarding the Company should only be answered by the officers or employees designated to respond to such inquiries. The obligation not to disclose the Company's confidential or proprietary information continues for three years after employment with the Company terminates unless otherwise specifically provided in writing. VII. INSIDE INFORMATION AND SECURITIES TRADING In the course of business activities, you may become aware of nonpublic information regarding the business, operations or securities of the Company. The United States securities laws prohibit the trading of securities on the basis of such nonpublic information (often called "inside information") if it is material. Information is deemed to be material if an investor would consider it important in deciding whether to buy, sell, or hold securities. Information is considered to be nonpublic unless it has been adequately disclosed to the public and there has been sufficient time and opportunity for the market as a whole to assimilate the information. Generally, this means that the information has been available to the public for at least one full business day following the day it is released. VIII. FAIR COMPETITION You should never use any illegal or unethical method to gather competitive information. Stealing or possessing proprietary information or trade secret information that was obtained without consent or inducing such disclosures by past or present employees of other companies is prohibited. Additionally, the Company and its employees are required to comply with state and federal antitrust and unfair competition laws, as well as applicable antitrust and unfair competition laws of other countries in which the Company does business. Anyone who Page 6 of 10 questions whether a contemplated action may violate fair competition laws should speak to the Compliance Officer. IX. RESPONSIBILITY TO THE COMPANY'S EMPLOYEES The Company is committed to treating all employees and consultants with honesty, fairness and respect, and providing a safe and healthy work environment. Abusive, harassing or offensive conduct is unacceptable, whether verbal or physical. Examples include derogatory comments based on racial or ethnic characteristics and unwelcome sexual advances. The Company will not tolerate discrimination or harassment on the basis of race, religion, national origin, sex, age, physical or mental disability, marital status, sexual orientation or any other protected class in dealing with employees, customers, suppliers or any other business contacts. The Company will not tolerate, condone or allow sexual harassment whether engaged in by co-workers, supervisors, customers, or other non-employees who conduct business with the Company. Employees and consultants are directed to report harassment when it occurs to Human Resources or a Company officer. Additionally, the Company is committed to providing all employees and others who are on Company property with a safe and secure environment. Accordingly, all personnel will comply with all health and safety laws and regulations as well as Company policies governing health and safety. All personnel are responsible for immediately reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions to a supervisor, Human Resources or Company officer. X. ACCURACY AND RETENTION OF BUSINESS RECORDS A. GENERAL Accounting standards and applicable United States laws require that transactions and events relating to the Company's operations and assets must be properly recorded in the books and accounts of the Company and accurately reported in the applicable reports required by and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and other United States regulatory agencies. As a result, all officers of the Company and all financial personnel shall make and retain books, records and accounts that, in reasonable detail, accurately, completely and objectively reflect transactions and events, and conform both to required accounting principles and to the Company's systems of internal controls. No false or artificial entries may be made. No entry may be made or recorded in the Company's books and records or reported in any disclosure document that misrepresents, omits, hides or disguises the true nature of the event or transaction, and all material entries and reports must be made in a timely manner. All personnel are responsible for immediately reporting any concerns about the Company's financial records and its accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing procedures to a Company Officer. B. RECORDS RETENTION Certain documents and other records of the Company must be retained for various periods of time under legal and regulatory requirements. All records of the Company should be maintained in accordance with the Company's record retention guidelines. In any event, you must not destroy, shred or alter records that are in any way related to a threatened, imminent or pending Page 7 of 10 legal or administrative proceeding, litigation, audit or investigation. Employees who become aware of such a proceeding, litigation, audit or investigation must immediately contact the Compliance Officer. Employees should consult their supervisor or a Company officer for questions related to the Company's record retention guidelines or the propriety of disposing of a Company document or record. C. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING In addition to the requirements specified elsewhere in this Code, the Company's officers including but not limited to, its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, controller or principal accounting officer, or persons performing similar functions, shall be responsible for the following: - conducting themselves in an honest and ethical manner, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships; - compiling full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in the periodic reports of the Company filed with or submitted to the SEC and in other public communications made by the Company; - complying with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; and - promptly reporting any violations of this Code. XI. ENFORCEMENT The Company's management is charged by the Board of Directors with ensuring that this Code and the Company's corporate policies will govern, without exception, all business activities of the Company. A. WHERE TO GO WITH A QUESTION, CONCERN OR TO REPORT A VIOLATION If you need an explanation or you want to know if a provision of the Code applies to a particular situation, the best place to start is with your supervisor or the Human Resources Department. If you believe a fellow employee, consultant or director is violating the Code or otherwise acting in an illegal or unethical manner, you must report it. Doing so will not be considered an act of disloyalty, but an action which shows your sense of responsibility and fairness to the Company's customers, shareholders and fellow employees. You also help safeguard the reputation and the assets of the Company. Reporting violations of the Code is also necessary because in some cases failure to report an illegal act by another person is itself a criminal act for which you could be prosecuted. Violations of the Code may cause an employee, officer or director to be subject to appropriate action, up to and including disciplinary action or immediate termination. Page 8 of 10 Violations may be reported to your supervisor, the Human Resources Department or an officer of the Company. If you do not believe that the violation has been adequately addressed, report the violation to the Compliance Officer. Your report will be investigated with confidentiality and you will be protected from retaliation. If you are concerned about confidentiality, you can anonymously make a report by following the Company's Anonymous Hotline. It is unacceptable to file a report if you know it is false, and doing so will subject you to discipline. B. RECEIPT AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The attached Receipt and Acknowledgement is required to be completed by ALL Company employees, consultants and directors personnel acknowledging understanding of and compliance with the Code. Please return the certificate to the Human Resources Department. C. WAIVERS OF THE CODE In certain extraordinary situations, a waiver of a provision of the Code may be granted. Contact the Compliance Officer if you believe special circumstances warrant a waiver of any of the Code's provisions. ANY WAIVER OF THE CODE FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OR DIRECTORS MAY BE MADE ONLY BY THE COMPANY'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS OR THE AUDIT COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. WAIVERS WILL BE PROMPTLY DISCLOSED AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS. D. VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE Violations of the Code will not be tolerated by the Company. Reported violations or apparent violations will be reviewed by Company management and appropriate disciplinary action will be taken, up to and including termination of employment or service with the Company. Page 9 of 10 RECEIPT AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I acknowledge that I have received my personal copy of Range Resources Corporation's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the "Code"). I understand that each Company employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or representative is responsible for knowing and adhering to the letter and spirit of the Code. I also acknowledge that it is my responsibility to report promptly to an officer of Range any violation of the Code of which I have knowledge. Signature: ____________________________ Print Name: ___________________________ Date: _________________________________ Page 10 of 10
exv21w1
 

EXHIBIT 21

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION

Subsidiaries of Registrant

                 
    Jurisdiction of   Percentage of Voting Securities
Name   Incorporation   Owned by Immediate Parent

 
 
Range Production Company
  Delaware     100 %
Range Energy Services Company
  Delaware     100 %
Range Holdco, Inc.
  Delaware     100 %
Range Energy I, Inc.
  Delaware     100 %
Range Gathering & Processing Company
  Delaware     100 %
Range Gas Company
  Delaware     100 %
Lomak Financing Trust
  Delaware     100 %
RRC Operating Company
  Ohio     100 %
Range Energy Finance Corporation
  Delaware     100 %
Range Energy Ventures Corporation
  Delaware     100 %
Gulfstar Energy, Inc.
  Delaware     100 %
Gulfstar Seismic, Inc.
  Delaware     100 %
Domain Energy International Corporation
  British Virgin Islands     100 %
Energy Assets Operating Company
  Delaware     100 %

 

exv23w1
 

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Range Resources Corporation:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3/A (No. 333-76837), on Forms S-4/A (No. 333-78231 and 333-108516) and on Forms S-8 (No. 333-90760, 333-90760, 333-63764, 333-40380, 333-30534, 333-88657, 333-69905, 333-62439, 333-44821, 333-10719 and 333-105895) of Range Resources Corporation and in the related Prospectuses of our report dated February 26, 2004 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Range Resources Corporation and subsidiaries included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Range Resources Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2003.

/s/ Ernst and Young LLP                                        

Fort Worth, Texas
March 1, 2004

 

exv23w2
 

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Range Resources Corporation:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (No. 333-76837) on Form S-3, (No. 333-78231, 333-108516) on Form S-4 and (Nos. 333-90760, 333-63764, 333-40380, 333-30534, 333-88657, 333-69905, 333-62439, 333-44821, 333-10719 and 333-105895) on Form S-8 of Range Resources Corporation of our report relating to the consolidated balance sheet of Range Resources Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2002.

/s/ KPMG LLP                                        

Dallas, Texas
March 1, 2004

 

exv23w3
 

EXHIBIT 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3/A (No. 333-76837), on Form S-4/A (No. 333-108516, 333-78231) and Forms S-8 (No. 333-105895, 333-90760, No. 333-63764, No. 333-40380, No. 333-30534, No. 333-88657, No. 333-69905, No. 333-62439, No. 333-44821 and No. 333-10719) of Range Resources Corporation and in the related Prospectuses of our report dated January 31, 2003, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Range Resources Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2003, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Great Lakes Energy Partners, L.L.C. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2002.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP                                        

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 1, 2004

 

exv23w4
 

Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT OF H. J. GRUY AND ASSOCIATES, INC.

     We hereby consent to the use of the name H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc., and of references to H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc. and to the inclusion of and references to our report dated February 16, 2004, prepared for Range Resources Corporation in the Range Resources Corporation Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

H.J. GRUY AND ASSOCIATES, INC.

March 2, 2004
Houston, Texas

 

exv23w5
 

Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT OF DEGOLYER AND MACNAUGHTON

     We hereby consent to the reference to our firm in your Annual Report on Form 10-K of Range Resources Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2003, to which this consent is an exhibit. We also consent to the incorporation of information contained in our “Appraisal Report as of December 31, 2003, of Certain Interests owned by Range Resources Corporation,” provided, however, that we are necessarily unable to verify the accuracy of the reserves and discounted present worth values contained therein because our estimates of reserves and discounted present worth have been combined with estimates of reserves and present worth prepared by other petroleum consultants.

DEGOLYER AND MACNAUGHTON

Dallas, Texas
March 2, 2004

 

exv23w6
 

Exhibit 23.6

CONSENT OF WRIGHT AND COMPANY

     We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of our name in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Range Resources Corporation (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, to which this consent is an exhibit.

WRIGHT AND COMPANY

Brentwood, Tennessee
March 2, 2004

 

exv31w1
 

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

     I, John H. Pinkerton, certify that:

                 
      1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Range Resources Corporation;
                 
      2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
                 
      3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
                 
      4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
                 
            (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
                 
            (b)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
                 
            (c)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
                 
      5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
                 
            (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
                 
            (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
     
Date: March 2, 2004   /s/ JOHN H. PINKERTON
   
    John H. Pinkerton
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

exv31w2
 

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Roger S. Manny, certify that:

                 
      1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Range Resources Corporation;
                 
      2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
                 
      3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
                 
      4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
                 
            (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
                 
            (b)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
                 
            (c)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
                 
      5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
                 
            (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
                 
            (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
     
Date: March 2, 2004   /s/ ROGER S. MANNY
   
    Roger S. Manny
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

exv32w1
 

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
OF RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with the accompanying report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2003 and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John H. Pinkerton, President and Chief Executive Officer of Range Resources Corporation (the “Company”), hereby certify that:

  1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
    By:   /s/ JOHN H. PINKERTON
       
        John H. Pinkerton
March 2, 2004

 

exv32w2
 

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
OF RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with the accompanying report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2003 and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Roger S. Manny, Chief Financial Officer of Range Resources Corporation (the “Company”), hereby certify that:

  1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
    By:   /s/ ROGER S. MANNY
       
        Roger S. Manny
March 2, 2004

 

exv99
 

Exhibit 99

RANGE RESOURCES CORPORATION
Audit Committee Charter

I.     Purpose

The Audit Committee (the “Committee”) is appointed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) to oversee:

1)   The quality and integrity of the financial statements;
 
2)   The assessment of financial risk and risk management programs;
 
3)   The independence, qualifications, engagement and performance of the independent auditors;
 
4)   The integrity and adequacy of internal controls and the quality and adequacy of disclosures to stockholders;
 
5)   The Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and to perform all other duties required under this Charter or assigned by the Board.

II.     Membership and Procedures

1)   The Committee shall be comprised of three or more members of the Board appointed annually to serve by the Board upon recommendation of the Governance and Nominating Committee. Each member shall meet the test of “independence” within the meaning of the rule established by the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”);
 
2)   Committee members may not serve on the audit committees of more than two other public companies, unless the Board evaluates a specific request and determines that such additional commitments would not interfere with service on the Committee;
 
3)   In accordance with NYSE and Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules, members shall be “financially literate” and at least one member shall have “accounting or related financial management expertise” and, if practical, be an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC;
 
4)   A member can be removed from the Committee only by a majority vote of the Board. A Committee member may resign by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board or the Corporate Secretary;
 
5)   The Committee Chair shall be appointed by the Board upon recommendation of the Governance and Nominating Committee. The Chair will normally determine the agenda, frequency and length of meetings. However, any member of the

Page 1 of 5


 

    Committee may require a special meeting of the Committee to be convened if they believe it is required. The Committee shall meet as often as necessary to carry out its responsibilities. Each Committee member shall have unlimited access to management and corporate information of any type requested;
 
6)   The Committee may designate one or more subcommittees, each consisting of one or more of its members. Subcommittees may exercise all the powers and authority of the Committee if such powers and authority is delegated to them. Each subcommittee shall keep minutes of its meetings and report them to the Committee or the Board;
 
7)   The Committee shall have the authority to engage or terminate outside legal, accounting and other advisors as needed, and approve the terms of their engagement and fees;
 
8)   The Committee will evaluate its performance relative to the responsibilities set forth in this Charter at least annually and will simultaneously review the adequacy of the Charter itself. The results of these evaluations shall be reported to the Board; and
 
9)   The Committee will keep minutes of its meetings and promptly inform the Board of any material issues or concerns.

III. Authority and Responsibility

The Committee’s key responsibilities include:

1)   Oversight of the independent auditors;
 
2)   Oversight of the internal audit function; and
 
3)   Compliance with financial disclosure requirements and laws and regulations relating to audits.

Oversight of Independent Auditors

The Committee shall:

1)   Be solely responsible for oversight of the work of the independent auditors, as well as their appointment, dismissal and compensation. The independent auditors will report directly to the Committee;
 
2)   Review, at least annually, the qualifications, performance and independence of the auditor. The review will include an examination of any relationships between the independent auditors and the Company that could be considered to bear on the

Page 2 of 5


 

    auditors’ independence. In addition, the review shall ensure the rotation of partners in accordance with SEC rules and securities laws;
 
3)   Approve in advance any audit or permissible non-audit engagement of the independent auditors;
 
4)   Meet with the independent auditors prior to the annual audit to review planning and staffing, including the responsibilities of and staffing by Company personnel who will assist in the audit;
 
5)   Approve and recommend to the Board the hiring of any employees or former employees of the independent auditors who have participated in any capacity in the audit of the Company within three years from the date of such audit opinion; and
 
6)   Annually obtain and review a report from the independent auditors describing the accounting firm’s internal quality control procedures; any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality control review, or peer review, of the firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm, and any steps taken to deal with any such issues; and all relationships between the independent auditors and the Company.

Oversight of Internal Audit

The Committee shall:

1)   Review the hiring, appointment and/or replacement of internal auditing personnel;
 
2)   Review the activities of the internal auditing department and any significant reports to management as well as management’s response; and
 
3)   Discuss with the independent auditors and management the responsibilities of the internal audit department including budget and staffing and any recommended changes in the planned scope of the department.

Oversight of Compliance Issues

The Committee shall:

1)   Prior to public dissemination, review with management and the independent auditors the annual audited and quarterly unaudited financial statements as well as disclosures under MD&A, including major issues regarding accounting, disclosure, auditing procedures, and adequacy of internal controls that could materially affect the financial statements;

Page 3 of 5


 

2)   Discuss with management and the independent auditors significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements, including any significant changes in the selection or application of accounting principles, and major issues as to the adequacy of internal controls and any special steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies;
 
3)   Review and discuss reports from the independent auditors on all critical accounting policies and practices to be used, all alternative treatments of financial information within generally accepted accounting principles that have been discussed with management including the potential ramifications if such alternative treatments are adopted and the treatments preferred by the independent auditor;
 
4)   Review any other material written communication between the independent auditor and management;
 
5)   Discuss general guidelines with management for earnings press releases as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies;
 
6)   Discuss with management and the independent auditor the effect on the financial statements of significant regulatory and accounting initiatives as well as off-balance sheet structures, if any;
 
7)   Discuss with management major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including risk assessment and risk management policies;
 
8)   Review with the independent auditor any audit problems and management’s response, including any differences noted by the auditor on which the Company did not adjust the financial statements. The Committee will have the authority to resolve any disagreements between the auditors and management regarding financial reporting;
 
9)   Review any disclosures made to the Audit Committee by the CEO and CFO during their certification process for Forms 10-K and 10-Q regarding allegations of fraud or deficiencies in the disclosure procedures;
 
10)   Discuss at least annually with the independent auditor the matters required to be discussed by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 61 – Communication with Audit Committees;
 
11)   Prepare the report required in the annual proxy statement and review the matters described in such report;
 
12)   Obtain quarterly assurances from the internal auditing staff and management that the system of internal controls is effective. Annually obtain a report from the

Page 4 of 5


 

    independent auditors regarding management’s assessment of the internal control procedures;
 
13)   Obtain from the independent auditor assurance that no illegal acts or undisclosed related party transactions were discovered during their examination in regard to Section 10A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;
 
14)   Obtain reports from management and the internal auditing staff that the Company is in conformity with its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and all applicable legal requirements and/or provide recommendations to facilitate compliance. Review disclosures for compliance with the securities laws relating to insider and affiliated party transactions;
 
15)   Establish procedures for the confidential, anonymous submission, retention and treatment of complaints by employees and others regarding accounting, internal control or auditing matters;
 
16)   Discuss with management and the independent auditor any correspondence with regulators or governmental agencies and any published reports that raise material issues regarding the Company’s financial statements and/or accounting policies;
 
17)   At least annually, review any legal issues with the General Counsel (or outside counsel if there is no General Counsel) that may have a material impact on financial statements or compliance policies as well as any material reports or inquiries received from regulators or governmental agencies; and
 
18)   Meet periodically in separate sessions with each of: (a) the individual in charge of the internal audit function; (b) the independent auditors; and (c) management.

Other

The Committee shall:

1)   Report regularly to the Board any issues that arise regarding the integrity of the financial statements, compliance with legal or regulatory requirements, the performance and independence of the independent auditors or the performance of the internal audit function;
 
2)   Perform any other activities as may be assigned by the Board.

Page 5 of 5